Fifth Third Bancorp (FITB) 10-Q 2011 Q3 Quarterly report

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Quarterly Period Ended September 30, 2011

Commission File Number 001-33653

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Ohio	31-0854434
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

Fifth Third Center

Cincinnati, Ohio 45263

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (800) 972-3030

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	x		Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	¨	(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  ¨    No  x

There were 919,778,512 shares of the Registrant’s common stock, without par value, outstanding as of September 30, 2011.

FINANCIAL CONTENTS

Part I. Financial Information
Glossary of Terms	3
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Item 2)
Selected Financial Data	4
Overview	5
Non-GAAP Financial Measures	7
Recent Accounting Standards Critical Accounting Policies Statements of Income Analysis	9 9 10
Balance Sheet Analysis	19
Business Segment Review	25
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk (Item 3)
Risk Management – Overview	32
Credit Risk Management	34
Market Risk Management	47
Liquidity Risk Management	50
Capital Management	51
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements	53
Controls and Procedures (Item 4)	55
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (Item 1)
Balance Sheets (unaudited)	56
Statements of Income (unaudited)	57
Statements of Changes in Equity (unaudited)	58
Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)	59
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)	60
Part II. Other Information
Legal Proceedings (Item 1)	114
Risk Factors (Item 1A)	114
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds (Item 2)	114
Exhibits (Item 6)	114
Signatures	115
Certifications

This report may contain forward-looking statements about Fifth Third Bancorp and/or the company as combined acquired entities within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rule 175 promulgated thereunder, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 3b-6 promulgated thereunder, that involve inherent risks and uncertainties. This report may contain certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business of Fifth Third Bancorp and/or the combined company including statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words or phrases such as “will likely result,” “may,” “are expected to,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “projected,” “intends to,” or may include other similar words or phrases such as “believes,” “plans,” “trend,” “objective,” “continue,” “remain,” or similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “might,” “can,” or similar verbs. There are a number of important factors that could cause future results to differ materially from historical performance and these forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to: (1) general economic conditions and weakening in the economy, specifically the real estate market, either nationally or in the states in which Fifth Third, one or more acquired entities and/or the combined company do business, are less favorable than expected; (2) deteriorating credit quality; (3) political developments, wars or other hostilities may disrupt or increase volatility in securities markets or other economic conditions; (4) changes in the interest rate environment reduce interest margins; (5) prepayment speeds, loan origination and sale volumes, charge-offs and loan loss provisions; (6) Fifth Third’s ability to maintain required capital levels and adequate sources of funding and liquidity; (7) maintaining capital requirements may limit Fifth Third’s operations and potential growth; (8) changes and trends in capital markets; (9) problems encountered by larger or similar financial institutions may adversely affect the banking industry and/or Fifth Third; (10) competitive pressures among depository institutions increase significantly; (11) effects of critical accounting policies and judgments; (12) changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) or other regulatory agencies; (13) legislative or regulatory changes or actions, or significant litigation, adversely affect Fifth Third, one or more acquired entities and/or the combined company or the businesses in which Fifth Third, one or more acquired entities and/or the combined company are engaged, including the recently enacted Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act); (14) ability to maintain favorable ratings from rating agencies; (15) fluctuation of Fifth Third’s stock price; (16) ability to attract and retain key personnel; (17) ability to receive dividends from its subsidiaries; (18) potentially dilutive effect of future acquisitions on current shareholders’ ownership of Fifth Third; (19) effects of accounting or financial results of one or more acquired entities; (20) difficulties in separating Vantiv, LLC, formerly Fifth Third Processing Solutions, LLC from Fifth Third; (21) loss of income from any sale or potential sale of businesses that could have an adverse effect on Fifth Third’s earnings and future growth; (22) ability to secure confidential information through the use of computer systems and telecommunications networks; and (23) the impact of reputational risk created by these developments on such matters as business generation and retention, funding and liquidity. Additional information concerning factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements is available in the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Copies of this filing are available at no cost on the SEC’s Web site atwww.sec.gov or on the Fifth Third Web site atwww.53.com. Fifth Third undertakes no obligation to release revisions to these forward-looking statements or reflect events or circumstances after the date of this report.

2

Glossary of Terms

Fifth Third Bancorp provides the following list of acronyms as a tool for the reader. The acronyms identified below are used in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

ALCO: Asset Liability Management Committee ALLL: Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses ARM: Adjustable Rate Mortgage ATM: Automated Teller Machine BOLI: Bank Owned Life Insurance bp: Basis point(s) CDC: Fifth Third Community Development Corporation C&I: Commercial and Industrial CPP: Capital Purchase Program DCF: Discounted Cash Flow DDA: Demand Deposit Account ERISA: Employee Retirement Income Security Act ERM: Enterprise Risk Management ERMC: Enterprise Risk Management Committee EVE: Economic Value of Equity FASB: Financial Accounting Standards Board FDIC: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation FHLB: Federal Home Loan Bank FHLMC: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation FICO: Fair Isaac Corporation (credit rating) FNMA: Federal National Mortgage Association FRB: Federal Reserve Bank FTAM: Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc. FTE: Fully Taxable Equivalent FTP: Funds Transfer Pricing FTPS: Fifth Third Processing Solutions FTS: Fifth Third Securities GAAP: Generally Accepted Accounting Principles GNMA: Government National Mortgage Association GSE: Government Sponsored Enterprise IFRS: International Financial Reporting Standards IPO: Initial Public Offering IRC: Internal Revenue Code IRS: Internal Revenue Service LIBOR: London InterBank Offered Rate LTV: Loan-to-Value MD&A: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations MSR: Mortgage Servicing Right NII: Net Interest Income NM: Not Meaningful OCI: Other Comprehensive Income OREO: Other Real Estate Owned OTTI: Other-Than-Temporary Impairment PMI: Private Mortgage Insurance SEC: United States Securities and Exchange Commission SCAP: Supervisory Capital Assessment Program TARP: Troubled Asset Relief Program TBA: To Be Announced TDR: Troubled Debt Restructuring TLGP: Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program TSA: Transition Service Agreement U.S. GAAP: Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America VIE: Variable Interest Entity VRDN: Variable Rate Demand Note

3

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Item 2)

The following is MD&A of certain significant factors that have affected Fifth Third Bancorp’s (the “Bancorp” or “Fifth Third”) financial condition and results of operations during the periods included in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, which are a part of this filing. Reference to the Bancorp incorporates the parent holding company and all consolidated subsidiaries.

TABLE 1: Selected Financial Data

	For the three months							For the nine months
	ended September 30,							ended September 30,
($ in millions, except per share data)	2011		2010		% Change			2011		2010		% Change
Income Statement Data
Net interest income(a)	$	902		916		(2	)	$	2,655		2,703		(2	)
Noninterest income		665		827		(20	)		1,905		2,074		(8	)
Total revenue(a)		1,567		1,743		(10	)		4,560		4,777		(5	)
Provision for loan and lease losses		87		457		(81	)		368		1,372		(73	)
Noninterest expense		946		979		(3	)		2,765		2,869		(4	)
Net income attributable to Bancorp		381		238		60			983		420		134
Net income available to common shareholders		373		175		112			789		233		239
Common Share Data
Earnings per share, basic	$	0.41		0.22		86		$	0.87		0.29		200
Earnings per share, diluted		0.40		0.22		82			0.86		0.29		197
Cash dividends per common share		0.08		0.01		700			0.20		0.03		567
Book value per share		13.73		12.86		7			13.73		12.86		7
Market value per share		10.10		12.03		(16	)		10.10		12.03		(16	)
Financial Ratios (%)
Return on assets		1.34		0.84		60			1.18		0.50		136
Return on average common equity		11.9		6.8		75			8.8		3.1		184
Return on average tangible common equity(b)		14.9		9.4		59			11.3		4.5		151
Average equity as a percent of average assets		11.33		12.38		(8	)		11.41		12.12		(6	)
Tangible common equity(b)		8.63		6.70		29			8.63		6.70		29
Net interest margin(a)		3.65		3.70		(1	)		3.66		3.63		1
Efficiency(a)		60.4		56.2		7			60.6		60.1		1
Credit Quality
Net losses charged off	$	262		956		(73	)	$	933		1,972		(52	)
Net losses charged off as a percent of average loans and leases		1.32		4.95		(73	)		1.60		3.41		(53	)
ALLL as a percent of loans and leases		3.08		4.20		(27	)		3.08		4.20		(27	)
Allowance for credit losses as a percent of loans and leases(c)		3.32		4.51		(26	)		3.32		4.51		(26	)
Nonperforming assets as a percent of loans, leases and other assets, including other real estate owned(d)		2.44		2.72		(10	)		2.44		2.72		(10	)
Average Balances
Loans and leases, including held for sale	$	80,013		78,854		1		$	79,517		79,262		—
Total securities and other short-term investments		18,142		19,309		(6	)		17,545		20,248		(13	)
Total assets		113,295		111,854		1			111,789		112,628		(1	)
Transaction deposits(e)		72,214		64,941		11			71,302		64,887		10
Core deposits(f)		78,222		75,202		4			78,000		76,099		2
Wholesale funding(g)		17,932		19,236		(7	)		16,936		19,473		(13	)
Bancorp shareholders’ equity		12,841		13,852		(7	)		12,752		13,646		(7	)
Regulatory Capital Ratios (%)
Tier I capital		11.96		13.85		(14	)		11.96		13.85		(14	)
Total risk-based capital		16.25		18.28		(11	)		16.25		18.28		(11	)
Tier I leverage		11.08		12.54		(12	)		11.08		12.54		(12	)
Tier I common equity(b)		9.33		7.34		27			9.33		7.34		27

(a) Amounts presented on an FTE basis. The FTE adjustment for the three months endedSeptember 30, 2011and 2010 was$4 and for the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2011and 2010 was$14 and $13, respectively.

(b) The return on average tangible common equity, tangible common equity and Tier I common equity ratios are non-GAAP measures. For further information, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of the MD&A.

(c) The allowance for credit losses is the sum of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments.

(d) Excludes nonaccrual loans held for sale.

(e) Includes demand, interest checking, savings, money market and foreign office deposits.

(f) Includes transaction deposits plus other time deposits.

(g) Includes certificates $100,000 and over, other deposits, federal funds purchased, short-term borrowings and long-term debt.

4

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

OVERVIEW

Fifth Third Bancorp is a diversified financial services company headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio. At September 30, 2011, the Bancorp had $115 billion in assets, operated 15 affiliates with 1,314 full-service Banking Centers, including 103 Bank Mart^® locations open seven days a week inside select grocery stores, and 2,437 Jeanie^® ATMs in 12 states throughout the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States. The Bancorp reports on four business segments: Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending and Investment Advisors. The Bancorp also has a 49% interest in Vantiv, LLC, formerly Fifth Third Processing Solutions, LLC.

This overview of MD&A highlights selected information in the financial results of the Bancorp and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of trends, events, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources and critical accounting policies and estimates, you should carefully read this entire document. Each of these items could have an impact on the Bancorp’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, see the Glossary of Terms on page 3 of this report for a list of acronyms included as a tool for the reader of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q. The acronyms identified therein are used throughout this MD&A, as well as the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp believes that banking is first and foremost a relationship business where the strength of the competition and challenges for growth can vary in every market. The Bancorp believes its affiliate operating model provides a competitive advantage by emphasizing individual relationships. Through its affiliate operating model, individual managers at all levels within the affiliates are given the opportunity to tailor financial solutions for their customers.

The Bancorp’s revenues are dependent on both net interest income and noninterest income. For the three months ended September 30, 2011, net interest income, on an FTE basis, and noninterest income provided 58% and 42% of total revenue, respectively. The Bancorp derives the majority of its revenues within the United States from customers domiciled in the United States. Revenue from foreign countries and external customers domiciled in foreign countries is immaterial to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Changes in interest rates, credit quality, economic trends and the capital markets are primary factors that drive the performance of the Bancorp. As discussed later in the Risk Management section, risk identification, measurement, monitoring, control and reporting are important to the management of risk and to the financial performance and capital strength of the Bancorp.

Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on assets such as loans, leases and securities, and interest expense incurred on liabilities such as deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Net interest income is affected by the general level of interest rates, the relative level of short-term and long-term interest rates, changes in interest rates and changes in the amount and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Generally, the rates of interest the Bancorp earns on its assets and pays on its liabilities are established for a period of time. The change in market interest rates over time exposes the Bancorp to interest rate risk through potential adverse changes to net interest income and financial position. The Bancorp manages this risk by continually analyzing and adjusting the composition of its assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and their sensitivity to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, in the ordinary course of business, the Bancorp enters into certain derivative transactions as part of its overall strategy to manage its interest rate and prepayment risks. The Bancorp is also exposed to the risk of losses on its loan and lease portfolio as a result of changing expected cash flows caused by loan defaults and inadequate collateral due to a weakened economy within the Bancorp’s footprint.

Net interest income, net interest margin and the efficiency ratio are presented in MD&A on an FTE basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and securities held by the Bancorp that are not taxable for federal income tax purposes. The Bancorp believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

Noninterest income is derived primarily from mortgage banking net revenue, service charges on deposits, corporate banking revenue, fiduciary and investment management fees and card and processing revenue. Noninterest expense is primarily driven by personnel costs and occupancy expenses, costs incurred in the origination of loans and leases and insurance premiums paid to the FDIC.

Legislative Developments

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. This act implements changes to the financial services industry and affects the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The legislation establishes a Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection responsible for implementing and enforcing compliance with consumer financial laws, changes the methodology for determining deposit insurance assessments, gives the Federal Reserve the ability to regulate and limit interchange rates charged to merchants for the use of debit cards, enacts new limitations on proprietary trading, broadens the scope of derivative instruments subject to regulation, requires on-going stress tests and the submission of annual capital plans for certain organizations and requires changes to regulatory capital ratios . This act also calls for federal regulatory agencies to conduct multiple studies over the next several years in order to implement its provisions. While the total impact of this legislation on Fifth Third is not currently known, the impact is expected to be substantial and may have an adverse impact on Fifth Third’s financial performance and growth opportunities.

5

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Earnings Summary

The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the third quarter of 2011 was $373 million, net of $8 million in preferred stock dividends or, $0.40 per diluted share. For the third quarter of 2010, the Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders was $175 million, net of $63 million in preferred stock dividends, or $0.22 per diluted share. The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $789 million, net of $194 million in preferred stock dividends, or $0.86 per diluted share. The preferred stock dividends for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 included $153 million in discount accretion resulting from the Bancorp’s repurchase of Series F preferred stock. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders was $233 million, net of $187 million in preferred stock dividends, or $0.29 per diluted share.

Net interest income (FTE) decreased two percent in the third quarter of 2011 to $902 million, compared to $916 million in the same period last year. The decrease from the third quarter of 2010 was primarily due to a 37 bp decrease in the average yield on loans and leases from the third quarter of 2010 partially offset by a 27 bp decrease in the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities primarily driven by a continued mix shift from higher cost term deposits to lower cost core deposits, coupled with a three percent decrease in average interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income (FTE) was $2.7 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. Net interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period in the prior year was impacted by a 20 bp decrease in average yield on average interest earning assets and a $2.4 billion decrease in average interest bearing assets offset by 26 bp decrease in the average rate paid on interest bearing liabilities and a $3.9 billion decrease in average interest bearing liabilities. Net interest margin was 3.65% and 3.66% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to 3.70% and 3.63% for the same periods in the prior year.

Noninterest income decreased 20% to $665 million in the third quarter of 2011 compared to the same period last year. Noninterest income decreased eight percent to $1.9 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period in the prior year. The decrease from both periods in the prior year was primarily the result of $152 million litigation settlement related to one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies during the third quarter of 2010. Additionally, mortgage banking net revenue decreased $54 million from the third quarter of 2010 and $56 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2010 due to a decrease in origination fees and gains on loan sales.

Noninterest expense decreased three percent to $946 million in the third quarter of 2011 and decreased four percent to $2.8 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods in the prior year. The decrease from the third quarter of 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was primarily due to a decrease of $25 million and $58 million, respectively, in the provision for representation and warranty claims related to residential mortgage loans sold to third parties; a decrease of $26 million and $21 million, respectively, in professional services fees primarily driven by the litigation settlement related to the previously mentioned settlement of one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies during the third quarter of 2010 and a decrease of $5 million and $38 million, respectively, in FDIC insurance and other taxes. Partially offsetting this activity was $27 million of expenses associated with the termination of two cash flow hedging transactions during the third quarter of 2011.

Credit Summary

The Bancorp does not originate subprime mortgage loans, does not hold credit default swaps and does not hold asset-backed securities backed by subprime mortgage loans in its securities portfolio. However, the Bancorp has exposure to disruptions in the capital markets and weakened economic conditions. Throughout 2010 and into 2011, the Bancorp continued to be affected by high unemployment rates, weakened housing markets, particularly in the upper Midwest and Florida, and a challenging credit environment. Credit trends, however, continued to show signs of moderation and, as a result, the provision for loan and lease losses decreased 81% to $87 million and 73% to $368 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $457 million and $1.4 billion, respectively, for the same periods in 2010. In addition, net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased to 1.32% during the third quarter of 2011 compared to 4.95% during the third quarter of 2010 and decreased to 1.60% for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to 3.41% for the same period in the prior year. At September 30, 2011, nonperforming assets as a percent of loans, leases and other assets, including OREO (excluding nonaccrual loans held for sale) decreased to 2.44%, compared to 2.79% at December 31, 2010 and 2.72% at September 30, 2010. For further discussion on credit quality, see the Credit Risk Management section.

Capital Summary

The Bancorp’s capital ratios exceed the “well-capitalized” guidelines as defined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. As of September 30, 2011, the Tier I capital ratio was 11.96%, the Tier I leverage ratio was 11.08% and the total risk-based capital ratio was 16.25%. For additional information on the Bancorp’s capital ratios, see the Capital Management section.

6

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

The Bancorp considers various measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including the return on average tangible common equity ratio, tangible equity ratio, tangible common equity ratio and Tier I common equity ratio, in addition to capital ratios defined by banking regulators. These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by banking regulators for both absolute and comparative purposes. Because U.S. GAAP does not include capital ratio measures, the Bancorp believes there are no comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures to these ratios. These ratios are not formally defined by U.S. GAAP or codified in the federal banking regulations and, therefore, are considered to be a non-GAAP financial measure. Since analysts and banking regulators may assess the Bancorp’s capital adequacy using these ratios, the Bancorp believes they are useful to provide investors the ability to assess its capital adequacy on the same basis.

The Bancorp believes these non-GAAP measures are important because they reflect the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions. Additionally, presentation of these measures allows readers to compare certain aspects of the Bancorp’s capitalization to other organizations. However, because there are no standardized definitions for these ratios, the Bancorp’s calculations may not be comparable with other organizations, and the usefulness of these measures to investors may be limited. As a result, the Bancorp encourages readers to consider its Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.

7

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

The following table reconciles non-GAAP financial measures to U.S. GAAP as of or for the three months ended:

TABLE 2: Non-GAAP Financial Measures

	September  30, 2011			December 31, 2010			September 30, 2010
As of ($ in millions)
Net income available to common shareholders (U.S. GAAP)	$	373			270			175
Add: Intangible amortization, net of tax		3			7			7
Tangible net income available to common shareholders		376			277			182
Tangible net income available to common shareholders (annualized) (1)		1,492			1,099			722
Average Bancorp shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP)		12,841			14,007			13,852
Less: Average preferred stock		(398	)		(3,648	)		(3,637	)
Average goodwill		(2,417	)		(2,417	)		(2,417	)
Average intangible assets		(47	)		(67	)		(78	)
Average tangible common equity (2)		9,979			7,875			7,720
Total Bancorp shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP)	$	13,029			14,051			13,884
Less: Preferred stock		(398	)		(3,654	)		(3,642	)
Goodwill		(2,417	)		(2,417	)		(2,417	)
Intangible assets		(45	)		(62	)		(72	)
Tangible common equity, including unrealized gains / losses		10,169			7,918			7,753
Less: Accumulated other comprehensive income		(542	)		(314	)		(432	)
Tangible common equity, excluding unrealized gains / losses (3)		9,627			7,604			7,321
Add: Preferred stock		398			3,654			3,642
Tangible equity (4)		10,025			11,258			10,963
Total assets (U.S. GAAP)	$	114,905			111,007			112,322
Less: Goodwill		(2,417	)		(2,417	)		(2,417	)
Intangible assets		(45	)		(62	)		(72	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income, before tax		(834	)		(483	)		(665	)
Tangible assets, excluding unrealized gains / losses (5)	$	111,609			108,045			109,168
Total Bancorp shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP)	$	13,029			14,051			13,884
Less: Goodwill and certain other intangibles		(2,514	)		(2,546	)		(2,525	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income		(542	)		(314	)		(432	)
Add: Qualifying trust preferred securities		2,273			2,763			2,763
Other		20			11			8
Tier I capital		12,266			13,965			13,698
Less: Preferred stock		(398	)		(3,654	)		(3,642	)
Qualifying trust preferred securities		(2,273	)		(2,763	)		(2,763	)
Qualified noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiaries		(30	)		(30	)		(30	)
Tier I common equity (6)	$	9,565			7,518			7,263
Risk-weighted assets (7)(a)	$	102,562			100,561			98,904
Ratios:
Return on average tangible common equity (1) / (2)		14.95	%		13.95			9.35
Tangible equity (4) / (5)		8.98	%		10.42			10.04
Tangible common equity (3) / (5)		8.63	%		7.04			6.70
Tier I common equity (6) / (7)		9.33	%		7.48			7.34

(a) Under the banking agencies’ risk-based capital guidelines, assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet exposures are assigned to broad risk categories. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is multiplied by the associated risk weight of the category. The resulting weighted values are added together, along with the measure for market risk, resulting in the Bancorp’s total risk-weighted assets.

8

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Note 3 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements provides a complete discussion of the significant new accounting standards recently adopted by the Bancorp and the expected impact of significant accounting standards issued, but not yet required to be adopted.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Certain accounting policies require management to exercise judgment in determining methodologies, economic assumptions and estimates that may materially affect the value of the Bancorp’s assets or liabilities and results of operations and cash flows. The Bancorp’s critical accounting policies include the accounting for the ALLL, reserve for unfunded commitments, income taxes, valuation of servicing rights, fair value measurements and goodwill. These accounting policies are discussed in detail in Management’s Discussion and Analysis - Critical Accounting Policies in the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. No material changes have been made to the valuation techniques or models during the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

9

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

STATEMENTS OF INCOME ANALYSIS

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the interest earned on securities, loans and leases (including yield-related fees) and other interest-earning assets less the interest paid for core deposits (includes transaction deposits and other time deposits) and wholesale funding (includes certificates of deposit $100,000 and over, other deposits, federal funds purchased, short-term borrowings and long-term debt). The net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets. Net interest rate spread is the difference between the average rate earned on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is typically greater than net interest rate spread due to the interest income earned on those assets that are funded by noninterest-bearing liabilities, or free funding, such as demand deposits or shareholders’ equity.

Tables 3 and 4 present the components of net interest income, net interest margin and net interest rate spread for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. Nonaccrual loans and leases and loans held for sale have been included in the average loan and lease balances. Average outstanding securities balances are based on amortized cost with any unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities included in other assets.

Net interest income was $902 million for the third quarter of 2011, a decrease of $14 million from the third quarter of 2010. Net interest income was $2.7 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 a decrease of $48 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Included within net interest income are amounts related to the accretion of discounts on acquired loans and deposits, primarily as a result of the second quarter 2008 acquisition of First Charter Corporation, which increased net interest income $9 million and $32 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to $14 million and $52 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively. The original purchase accounting discount reflected the high discount rate in the market at the time of the acquisition; the total loan discounts are being accreted into net interest income over the remaining period to maturity of the loans acquired. Based upon the remaining period to maturity, and excluding the impact of prepayments, the Bancorp anticipates recognizing approximately $5 million in additional net interest income during the remainder of 2011 as a result of the amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts on acquired loans and deposits. Exclusive of the impact of these items, net interest income decreased $9 million compared to the third quarter of 2010 and $28 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, net interest income was adversely impacted by lower yields on both the commercial and consumer loan portfolios partially offset by an increase in average consumer loans and a decrease in interest expense compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively. Yields on the commercial and consumer loan portfolio have decreased throughout 2011 as the result of low interest rates during the year. Average consumer loans increased primarily as the result of increases in average residential mortgage loans and automobile loans partially offset by a decrease in home equity loans compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010. The decreases in interest expense was primarily the result of a $2.6 billion and $3.9 billion decrease in average interest bearing liabilities from the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, coupled with a continued mix shift to lower cost core deposits as well as the benefit of lower rates offered on savings account balances and other time deposits. The decrease in average interest bearing liabilities was the result of migration from certificates of deposit into demand accounts due to low interest rates during 2011. For the three months ended September 30, 2011, the net interest rate spread decreased to 3.42% from 3.44% primarily due to a 29 bp decrease on the yields on average total assets partially offset by a 27 bp decrease on the rates for average interest bearing liabilities. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the net interest rate spread increased to 3.41% from 3.35% primarily due to a 26 bp decrease in rates on interest bearing liabilities partially offset by a 20 bp decrease in yield on average interest earnings assets.

Net interest margin decreased to 3.65% for the third quarter of 2011 from 3.70% for the third quarter of 2010. Net interest margin increased to 3.66% for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to 3.63% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Net interest margin was impacted by the amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts on acquired loans and deposits that resulted in a increases of 3 bp and 4 bp during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to a 5 bp and 6 bp increase during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively. Exclusive of these amounts, net interest margin decreased 3 bp for the third quarter of 2011 and increased 5 bp for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods in the prior year. The decrease from the third quarter of 2010 was primarily the result of the previously mentioned decrease on the yield of average total loans and leases partially offset by the mix shift to lower cost core deposits and an increase in free funding balances. The increase from the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was primarily the result of the mix shift to lower cost core deposits during 2011, an increase in free funding balances and a decrease in average interest earnings assets partially offset by the previously mentioned decrease on the yield of average loans and leases.

Total average interest-earning assets for the third quarter of 2011 were relatively flat compared to the third quarter of 2010 as a $1.2 billion decrease in other short-term investments was offset by a $1.2 billion increase in average loans and leases. Total average interest-earning assets decreased two percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period in the prior year primarily as the result of a 13% decrease in the average investment portfolio and a two percent decrease in average commercial loans; partially offset by a three percent increase in average consumer loans.

Interest income from loans and leases decreased $62 million, or six percent, compared to the third quarter of 2010 and $169 million, or six percent, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The decrease from the third quarter of 2010 and nine months ended September 30, 2010 was primarily the result of a 37 bp and 30 bp decrease, respectively, in average loan yields partially offset by increases

10

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

of nine percent and seven percent, respectively, in commercial and industrial loans and a three percent increase in average consumer loans compared to both periods. Yields across much of the loan and lease portfolio decreased as the result of lower interest rates on newly originated loans and a decline in interest rates on automobile loans due to increased competition. Exclusive of the amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts on acquired loans, interest income from loans and leases decreased $57 million and $149 million compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively. Interest income from investment securities and short-term investments decreased $9 million, or five percent, compared to the third quarter of 2010 and $55 million, or 11%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The decrease from the third quarter of 2010 was primarily due to an 18 bp decrease in the yield on taxable securities and a six percent decrease in the average balance of investment securities. The decrease from the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was primarily due to a six percent decrease in the average balance of taxable securities and a 16 bp decrease in the yield on those securities.

Average core deposits increased $3.0 billion, or four percent, compared to the third quarter of 2010 and increased $1.9 billion, or two percent, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The increase from both periods was primarily due to an increase in average demand deposits and average savings deposits partially offset by a decrease in average time deposits; the third quarter of 2011 also had an increase in average interest checking deposits compared to the third quarter of 2010. The cost of average core deposits decreased to 33 bp and 39 bp for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, from 59 bp and 66 bp from the same respective periods in the prior year. This decrease was primarily the result of a mix shift to lower cost core deposits combined with a 23 bp and 24 bp decrease in rates on average savings deposits and a 30 bp and 35 bp decrease in rates on average time deposits compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively.

Interest expense on wholesale funding for the third quarter of 2011 decreased $12 million, or 12%, compared to the third quarter of 2010, primarily as a result of a $1.3 billion decrease in the average balance and an 11 bp decrease in the rate. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, interest expense on wholesale funding decreased $31 million, or 10%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2010 primarily as the result of a $2.5 billion decrease in the average balance partially offset by a 9 bp increase in rate. Refer to the Borrowings section of MD&A for additional information on the Bancorp’s change in average long-term debt. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, wholesale funding represented 25% and 23%, respectively, of interest-bearing liabilities compared to 26% during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010. For more information on the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management, including estimated earnings sensitivity to changes in market interest rates, see the Market Risk Management section of MD&A.

11

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

TABLE 3: Condensed Average Balance Sheets and Analysis of Net Interest Income

For the three months ended	September 30, 2011								September 30, 2010								Attribution of Change in Net Interest Income(a)
($ in millions)	Average Balance			Revenue/ Cost		Average Yield Rate			Average Balance			Revenue/ Cost		Average Yield Rate			Volume			Yield/Rate			Total
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Loans and leases:(b)
Commercial and industrial loans	$	28,824		$	312		4.29	%	$	26,348		$	319		4.81	%	$	29			(36	)		(7	)
Commercial mortgage		10,140			101		3.94			11,462			115		3.97			(13	)		(1	)		(14	)
Commercial construction		1,777			14		3.02			2,955			23		3.06			(9	)		—			(9	)
Commercial leases		3,300			32		3.87			3,257			35		4.34			1			(4	)		(3	)
Subtotal – commercial		44,041			459		4.13			44,022			492		4.44			8			(41	)		(33	)
Residential mortgage loans		11,224			126		4.47			9,897			120		4.81			15			(9	)		6
Home equity		10,985			108		3.89			11,897			120		3.99			(9	)		(3	)		(12	)
Automobile loans		11,445			131		4.52			10,517			151		5.71			14			(34	)		(20	)
Credit card		1,864			45		9.49			1,838			50		10.70			1			(6	)		(5	)
Other consumer loans/leases		454			34		30.76			683			32		18.59			(14	)		16			2
Subtotal – consumer		35,972			444		4.90			34,832			473		5.38			7			(36	)		(29	)
Total loans and leases		80,013			903		4.48			78,854			965		4.85			15			(77	)		(62	)
Securities:
Taxable		15,790			154		3.88			15,580			159		4.06			2			(7	)		(5	)
Exempt from income taxes(b)		64			1		5.84			273			3		4.05			(3	)		1			(2	)
Other short-term investments		2,288			1		0.25			3,456			3		0.36			(1	)		(1	)		(2	)
Total interest-earning assets		98,155			1,059		4.28			98,163			1,130		4.57			13			(84	)		(71	)
Cash and due from banks		2,362								2,283
Other assets		15,381								15,088
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(2,603	)							(3,680	)
Total assets	$	113,295							$	111,854
Liabilities and Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest checking	$	18,322		$	12		0.25	%	$	17,142		$	12		0.29	%	$	1			(1	)		—
Savings		21,747			14		0.25			19,905			24		0.48			2			(12	)		(10	)
Money market		5,213			4		0.27			4,940			5		0.39			—			(1	)		(1	)
Foreign office deposits		3,255			2		0.26			3,592			3		0.38			—			(1	)		(1	)
Other time deposits		6,008			34		2.27			10,261			67		2.57			(26	)		(7	)		(33	)
Certificates - $100,000 and over		3,376			18		2.09			6,096			30		1.95			(14	)		2			(12	)
Other deposits		7			—		0.03			4			—		0.09			—			—			—
Federal funds purchased		376			—		0.10			302			—		0.17			—			—			—
Other short-term borrowings		4,033			1		0.10			1,880			1		0.21			1			(1	)		—
Long-term debt		10,136			72		2.85			10,954			72		2.61			(6	)		6			—
Total interest-bearing liabilities		72,473			157		0.86			75,076			214		1.13			(42	)		(15	)		(57	)
Demand deposits		23,677								19,362
Other liabilities		4,275								3,544
Total liabilities		100,425								97,982
Total equity		12,870								13,872
Total liabilities and equity	$	113,295							$	111,854
Net interest income				$	902							$	916				$	55			(69	)		(14	)
Net interest margin							3.65	%							3.70	%
Net interest rate spread							3.42								3.44
Interest-bearing liabilities to interest-earning assets							73.83								76.48

(a) Changes in interest not solely due to volume or yield/rate are allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amount of change in volume and yield/rate.

(b) The FTE adjustments included in the above table are $4 for the three months endedSeptember 30, 2011 and 2010.

12

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

TABLE 4: Condensed Average Balance Sheets and Analysis of Net Interest Income

For the nine months ended	September 30, 2011								September 30, 2010								Attribution of Change in Net Interest Income(a)
($ in millions)	Average Balance			Revenue/ Cost		Average Yield Rate			Average Balance			Revenue/ Cost		Average Yield Rate			Volume			Yield/Rate			Total
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Loans and leases:(b)
Commercial and industrial loans	$	28,071		$	916		4.36	%	$	26,276		$	928		4.72	%	$	61			(73	)		(12	)
Commercial mortgage		10,480			315		4.02			11,689			358		4.09			(37	)		(6	)		(43	)
Commercial construction		1,936			44		3.06			3,328			76		3.04			(32	)		—			(32	)
Commercial leases		3,337			101		4.04			3,353			112		4.46			(1	)		(10	)		(11	)
Subtotal – commercial		43,824			1,376		4.20			44,646			1,474		4.41			(9	)		(89	)		(98	)
Residential mortgage loans		10,873			371		4.56			9,590			352		4.92			45			(26	)		19
Home equity		11,167			327		3.92			12,111			363		4.01			(27	)		(9	)		(36	)
Automobile loans		11,236			404		4.80			10,292			460		5.98			40			(96	)		(56	)
Credit card		1,850			137		9.94			1,879			152		10.79			(2	)		(13	)		(15	)
Other consumer loans/leases		567			98		23.01			744			81		14.54			(22	)		39			17
Subtotal – consumer		35,693			1,337		5.01			34,616			1,408		5.44			34			(105	)		(71	)
Total loans and leases		79,517			2,713		4.56			79,262			2,882		4.86			25			(194	)		(169	)
Securities:
Taxable		15,356			452		3.94			16,285			500		4.10			(29	)		(19	)		(48	)
Exempt from income taxes(b)		119			5		5.41			333			10		3.82			(7	)		2			(5	)
Other short-term investments		2,070			4		0.25			3,630			6		0.25			(2	)		—			(2	)
Total interest-earning assets		97,062			3,174		4.37			99,510			3,398		4.57			(13	)		(211	)		(224	)
Cash and due from banks		2,329								2,231
Other assets		15,194								14,636
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(2,796	)							(3,749	)
Total assets	$	111,789							$	112,628
Liabilities and Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest checking	$	18,520		$	37		0.27	%	$	18,433		$	40		0.29	%	$	—			(3	)		(3	)
Savings		21,631			54		0.34			19,279			84		0.58			8			(38	)		(30	)
Money market		5,120			11		0.29			4,748			15		0.42			1			(5	)		(4	)
Foreign office deposits		3,546			8		0.29			3,228			9		0.36			1			(2	)		(1	)
Other time deposits		6,698			118		2.35			11,212			225		2.68			(82	)		(25	)		(107	)
Certificates - $100,000 and over		3,849			59		2.04			6,496			101		2.08			(40	)		(2	)		(42	)
Other deposits		3			—		0.03			6			—		0.06			—			—			—
Federal funds purchased		344			—		0.12			262			—		0.16			—			—			—
Other short-term borrowings		2,434			2		0.14			1,604			3		0.22			1			(2	)		(1	)
Long-term debt		10,304			230		2.98			11,105			218		2.63			(16	)		28			12
Total interest-bearing liabilities		72,449			519		0.96			76,373			695		1.22			(127	)		(49	)		(176	)
Demand deposits		22,485								19,199
Other liabilities		4,074								3,404
Total liabilities		99,008								98,976
Total equity		12,781								13,652
Total liabilities and equity	$	111,789							$	112,628
Net interest income				$	2,655							$	2,703				$	114			(162	)		(48	)
Net interest margin							3.66	%							3.63	%
Net interest rate spread							3.41								3.35
Interest-bearing liabilities to interest-earning assets							74.64								76.75

(a) Changes in interest not solely due to volume or yield/rate are allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amount of change in volume and yield/rate.

(b) The FTE adjustments included in the above table are$14 for the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2011 and $13 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

13

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

The Bancorp provides as an expense an amount for probable loan and lease losses within the loan and lease portfolio that is based on factors discussed in the Critical Accounting Policies section of the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. The provision is recorded to bring the ALLL to a level deemed appropriate by the Bancorp to cover losses inherent in the portfolio. Actual credit losses on loans and leases are charged against the ALLL. The amount of loans actually removed from the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets is referred to as charge-offs. Net charge-offs include current period charge-offs less recoveries on previously charged-off loans and leases.

The provision for loan and lease losses was $87 million and $368 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to $457 million and $1.4 billion during the comparable periods in 2010. The decrease in provision expense compared to the same prior year periods was due to decreases in nonperforming loans and leases, improved delinquency metrics in commercial and consumer loans and leases, and improvement in underlying loss trends. As of September 30, 2011, the ALLL as a percent of loans and leases decreased to 3.08%, from 4.20% at September 30, 2010.

Refer to the Credit Risk Management section as well as Note 6 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more detailed information on the provision for loan and lease losses, including an analysis of loan portfolio composition, nonperforming assets, net charge-offs, and other factors considered by the Bancorp in assessing the credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio and the ALLL.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income decreased $162 million, or 20%, for the third quarter of 2011 compared to the third quarter of 2010 and decreased $169 million, or eight percent, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period in the prior year. The components of noninterest income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

TABLE 5: Noninterest Income

	For the three months							For the nine months
	ended September 30,				Percent			ended September 30,				Percent
($ in millions)	2011		2010		Change			2011		2010		Change
Mortgage banking net revenue	$	178		232		(23	)	$	442		498		(11	)
Service charges on deposits		134		143		(6	)		384		435		(12	)
Investment advisory revenue		92		90		2			285		267		7
Corporate banking revenue		87		86		1			268		260		3
Card and processing revenue		78		77		2			248		235		6
Other noninterest income		64		195		(67	)		226		354		(36	)
Securities gains, net		26		4		550			40		25		60
Securities gains, net, non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights		6		—		NM			12		—		NM
Total noninterest income	$	665		827		(20	)	$	1,905		2,074		(8	)
NM: Not meaningful

Mortgage banking net revenue decreased $54 million during the third quarter of 2011 compared to third quarter of 2010 and decreased $56 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The components of mortgage banking net revenue are as follows:

TABLE 6: Components of Mortgage Banking Net Revenue

	For the three months ended September 30,						For the nine months ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010
Origination fees and gains on loan sales	$	119			173		$	245			332
Net servicing revenue:
Servicing fees		59			56			175			163
Servicing rights amortization		(34	)		(43	)		(88	)		(91	)
Net valuation adjustments on servicing rights and free-standing derivatives entered into to economically hedge MSR		34			46			110			94
Net servicing revenue		59			59			197			166
Mortgage banking net revenue	$	178			232		$	442			498

Origination fees and gains on loan sales decreased $54 million and $87 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010. The decrease from both periods in the prior year was primarily the result of a 21% and 34% decrease in margins on sold residential mortgage loans due to a decrease in interest rates and a 20% and nine percent decrease in residential mortgage loan originations compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively. Residential mortgage loan originations decreased to $4.5 billion during the third quarter of 2011 compared to $5.6 billion during the third quarter of 2010 and decreased to $11.6 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 from $12.8 billion during the nine months

14

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

ended September 30, 2010. The decrease in originations from both periods is primarily due to a decrease in refinancing activity as many customers have taken advantage of the low interest rate environment in prior periods.

Net servicing revenue is comprised of gross servicing fees and related servicing rights amortization as well as valuation adjustments on MSRs and mark-to-market adjustments on both settled and outstanding free-standing derivative financial instruments. Net servicing revenue was flat for the third quarter of 2011 compared to the third quarter of 2010 as an increase in servicing fees and a decrease in servicing rights amortization was offset by a decrease in net valuation adjustments. Net servicing revenue increased $31 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010 driven primarily by an increase in servicing fees and an increase in net valuation adjustments. Servicing fees increased $3 million from third quarter of 2010 and $12 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2010 as a result of an increase in the size of the Bancorp’s servicing portfolio. The Bancorp’s total residential loans serviced as of September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010, and September 30, 2010 was $68.4 billion, $63.2 billion, and $62.4 billion, respectively, with $56.5 billion, $54.2 billion, and $52.4 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage loans serviced for others. The net valuation adjustment of $34 million during the third quarter of 2011 included $235 million in gains from derivatives economically hedging the MSRs partially offset by $201 million in temporary impairment on the MSR portfolio. The net valuation adjustment of $110 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 included $338 million in gains from derivatives economically hedging the MSR portfolio partially offset by $228 million of temporary impairment on the MSR portfolio. The gain in the net valuation adjustment is reflective of refinancing activity in recent years that has contributed to prepayments being less sensitive to lower mortgage rates due to customers taking advantage of lower rates in those earlier periods as well as the impact of tighter underwriting standards. Additionally, the net MSR/hedge position has benefited from the positive carry of the hedge and the widening spread between mortgage and swap rates.

Servicing rights are deemed impaired when a borrower’s loan rate is distinctly higher than prevailing rates. Impairment on servicing rights is reversed when the prevailing rates return to a level commensurate with the borrower’s loan rate. Further detail on the valuation of MSRs can be found in Note 10 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the valuation on the MSR portfolio. See Note 11 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the free-standing derivatives used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio.

In addition to the derivative positions used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio, the Bancorp acquires various securities as a component of its non-qualifying hedging strategy. Net gains on sales of these securities were $6 million and $12 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011. There were no sales of securities related to the Bancorp’s non-qualifying hedging strategy during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Service charges on deposits decreased $9 million and $51 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010. Consumer deposit revenue decreased $10 million and $55 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily due to the impact of Regulation E and new overdraft policies that resulted in a decrease in overdraft occurrences. Regulation E became effective on July 1, 2010 for new accounts and August 15, 2010 for existing accounts. Regulation E is a FRB rule that prohibits financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on ATMs and one-time debit card transactions unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those types of transactions. Commercial deposit revenue increased $1 million and $4 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year. The increase from both periods in the prior year was primarily due to an increase in commercial account relationships and a decrease in earnings credits paid on customer balances as the result of a decrease in the crediting rate applied to balances. Commercial customers receive earnings credits to offset the fees charged for banking services on their deposit accounts such as account maintenance, lockbox, ACH transactions, wire transfers and other ancillary corporate treasury management services. Earnings credits are based on the customer’s average balance in qualifying deposits multiplied by the crediting rate. Qualifying deposits include demand deposits and interest-bearing checking accounts. The Bancorp has a standard crediting rate that is adjusted as necessary based on the competitive market conditions and changes in short-term interest rates.

Investment advisory revenue increased $2 million and $18 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010. The increases from both periods in the prior year were primarily due to improved market performance and sales force expansion that resulted in increased brokerage activity; the nine months ended September 30, 2011 also benefited from an increase in assets under care. As of September 30, 2011, the Bancorp had approximately $273 billion in total assets under care and managed $23 billion in assets for individuals, corporations and not-for-profit organizations.

Corporate banking revenue was relatively flat for the third quarter of 2011 compared to the third quarter of 2010 and increased $8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The increase compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was primarily the result of increases in business lending fees, derivative sales, lease remarketing fees and syndication fees partially offset by decreases in institutional sales and international income.

Card and processing revenue for the third quarter of 2011 was relatively flat compared to the third quarter of 2010 and increased $13 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to nine months ended September 30, 2010. Both comparative periods benefitted from an increase in revenue as the result of an increase in transaction volumes on debit and credit cards. This benefit was partially offset by an increase in costs associated with an increase in the redemption of points for cash based rewards.

15

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

The major components of other noninterest income are as follows:

TABLE 7: Components of Other Noninterest Income

	For the three months ended September 30,						For the nine months ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010
Operating lease income	$	14			15		$	44			46
Cardholder fees		11			8			29			27
BOLI income		9			165			30			188
Consumer loan and lease fees		8			9			23			24
Banking center income		7			6			21			16
Insurance income		7			10			20			26
TSA revenue		3			13			19			38
Net gain (loss) on loan sales		3			(1	)		28			30
Net loss on sale of OREO		(21	)		(29	)		(49	)		(59	)
Other		23			(1	)		61			18
Total other noninterest income	$	64			195		$	226			354

Other noninterest income decreased $131 million in the third quarter of 2011 compared to the third quarter of 2010 and decreased $128 million, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period in the prior year. The decrease compared to both periods was primarily due to a $152 million litigation settlement related to one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies in the third quarter of 2010. Excluding the impact of the litigation settlement, other noninterest income increased $21 million in the third quarter of 2011 and $24 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods in the prior year. The increase from the third quarter in the prior year was primarily due to a $24 million increase in the “other” caption partially offset by a $10 million decrease in TSA revenue. The increase in the “other” caption included: a $10 million increase in equity method income from the Bancorp’s ownership interest in Vantiv, LLC; a $10 million increase in the valuation of warrants and put options issued as part of the Processing Business sale in 2009; a $9 million increase from venture capital investments partially offset by a $12 million increase in losses on the swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares. The increase from the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was primarily due to a $43 million increase in the “other” caption partially offset by a $19 million decrease in revenue from TSA revenue. The increase in the “other” caption included: a $31 million increase in the previously mentioned valuation of warrants and put options, a $14 million increase from venture capital investments and a $14 million increase in equity method income from the Bancorp’s ownership interest in Vantiv, LLC partially offset by a $16 million increase in losses recognized on the swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares.

As part of the Processing Business Sale in 2009, the Bancorp entered into a TSA. Servicing agreements with Vantiv, LLC resulted in the Bancorp recognizing approximately $3 million and $19 million in revenue during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, that were offset with expense from the servicing agreements recorded in noninterest expense.

16

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Noninterest Expense

Total noninterest expense decreased $33 million, or three percent for the third quarter of 2011 compared to the third quarter of 2010 and decreased $104 million, or four percent, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The decrease from both periods in the prior year was primarily due to a decrease in other noninterest expense partially offset by an increase in card and processing expense. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011 this decrease was partially offset by an increase in total personnel costs. The major components of noninterest expense are detailed in the following table:

TABLE 8: Noninterest Expense

	For the three months ended September 30,				Percent Change			For the nine months ended September 30,				Percent Change
($ in millions)	2011		2010					2011		2010
Salaries, wages and incentives	$	369		360		3		$	1,085		1,046		4
Employee benefits		70		82		(15	)		246		241		2
Net occupancy expense		75		72		3			226		222		2
Technology and communications		48		48		—			140		138		2
Card and processing expense		34		26		33			92		82		12
Equipment expense		28		30		(6	)		85		91		(6	)
Other noninterest expense		322		361		(11	)		891		1,049		(15	)
Total noninterest expense	$	946		979		(3	)	$	2,765		2,869		(4	)

Total personnel costs (salaries, wages and incentives plus employee benefits) were relatively flat for the third quarter of 2011 compared to the third quarter of 2010 and increased three percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to the same period last year due to an increase in base and incentive compensation driven by investments in the sales force beginning in mid-2010. Full time equivalent employees totalled 21,172 at September 30, 2011 compared to 20,667 at September 30, 2010.

Card and processing expense increased $8 million and $10 million from the third quarter of 2010 and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively. The increase from both periods in the prior year was primarily the result of growth in debit and credit card transaction volumes and an increase in debit and credit card reward redemptions.

The major components of other noninterest expense are as follows:

TABLE 9: Components of Other Noninterest Expense

	For the three months ended September 30,						For the nine months ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010
FDIC insurance and other taxes	$	50			55		$	152			190
Loan and lease		49			57			143			152
Losses and adjustments		38			66			89			160
Marketing		32			27			85			75
Affordable housing investments impairment		16			25			66			72
Travel		13			14			39			38
Professional service fees		12			38			39			60
Postal and courier		12			12			37			36
Operating lease		10			9			31			31
OREO		7			9			25			23
Recruitment and education		7			8			22			23
Insurance		6			6			18			31
Intangible asset amortization		5			10			18			33
Provision for unfunded commitments and letters of credit		(10	)		(23	)		(40	)		(20	)
Other		75			48			167			145
Total other noninterest expense	$	322			361		$	891			1,049

Total other noninterest expense decreased $39 million and $158 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods in the prior year. The decrease from both periods in the prior year was primarily due to decreases in the provision for representation and warranty claims, recorded in losses and adjustments; professional service fees and FDIC insurance and other taxes partially offset by expenses recorded in the “other” caption associated with the termination of two cash flow hedging transactions during the third quarter of 2011.

The provision for representation and warranty claims decreased $25 million and $58 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily due to a decrease in demand requests during 2011. The decrease in professional service fees of $26 million and $21 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods in the prior year was primarily the result of legal expenses incurred from the litigation settlement related to one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies during the third quarter of 2010. FDIC insurance and other taxes decreased $5 million and $38 million, respectively, for the

17

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods in the prior year due primarily to the FDIC’s implementation of amended regulations that revised the Federal Deposit Insurance Act effective April 1, 2011. The amended regulations modified the definition of an institution’s deposit insurance assessment base from domestic deposits to quarterly average total assets less quarterly average tangible equity as well as modified the assessment rate calculation; additionally, the nine months ended September 30, 2010 included expenses due to the Bancorp’s participation in the FDIC’s TLGP transaction account guarantee program, which was exited during the first quarter of 2010. During the third quarter of 2011 the Bancorp incurred approximately $27 million of expenses on two cash flow hedge transactions that were terminated during the quarter. See Note 11 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the Bancorp’s hedging activity.

The provision for unfunded commitments and letters of credit was a benefit of $10 million and $40 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, and a benefit of $23 million and $20 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively. The benefit recorded in each period reflects lower estimates of inherent losses resulting from a decrease in delinquent loans as credit trends showed signs of moderation during 2011.

TSA related expenses decreased to approximately $3 million and $19 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $13 million and $38 million in the same periods in the prior year due to Vantiv’s transition to their own supporting systems.

The Bancorp continues to focus on efficiency initiatives as part of its core emphasis on operating leverage and expense control. The efficiency ratio (noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income (FTE) and noninterest income) was 60.4% and 60.6% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to 56.2% and 60.1% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively.

Applicable Income Taxes

The Bancorp’s income before income taxes, applicable income tax expense and effective tax rate are as follows:

TABLE 10: Applicable Income Taxes

	For the three months ended September 30,						For the nine months ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010
Income before income taxes	$	530			303			1,413			523
Applicable income tax expense		149			65			429			103
Effective tax rate		27.9	%		21.5	%		30.3	%		19.7	%

Applicable income tax expense for all periods includes the tax benefit from tax-exempt income, tax-advantaged investments and general business tax credits, partially offset by the effect of certain nondeductible expenses. The tax credits are associated with the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit program established under Section 42 of the IRC, the New Markets Tax Credit program established under Section 45D of the IRC, the Rehabilitation Investment Tax Credit program established under Section 47 of the IRC, and the Qualified Zone Academy Bond program established under Section 1397E of the IRC. The increase in the effective tax rate for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 from the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010 was primarily due to higher actual and forecasted pre-tax income in 2011. The effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 included a $24 million tax benefit resulting from the settlement of certain uncertain tax positions with the IRS during the first quarter of 2010.

Deductibility of Executive Compensation

Certain sections of the IRC limit the deductibility of compensation paid to or earned by certain executive officers of a public company. This has historically limited the deductibility of certain executive compensation to $1 million per executive officer, and the Bancorp’s compensation philosophy has been to position pay to ensure deductibility. However, both the amount of the executive compensation that is deductible for certain executive officers and the allowable compensation vehicles changed as a result of the Bancorp’s participation in TARP. In particular, the Bancorp was not permitted to deduct compensation earned by certain executive officers in excess of $500,000 per executive officer as a result of the Bancorp’s participation in TARP. Therefore, a portion of the compensation earned by certain executive officers was not deductible by the Bancorp for the period in which the Bancorp participated in TARP. Subsequent to ending its participation in TARP, certain limitations on the deductibility of executive compensation will continue to apply to some forms of compensation earned while under TARP. The Bancorp’s Compensation Committee determined that the underlying executive compensation programs are appropriate and necessary to attract, retain and motivate senior executives, and that failing to meet these objectives creates more risk for the Bancorp and its value than the financial impact of losing the tax deduction. For the year ended 2010, the total tax impact for non-deductible compensation was $6 million.

18

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Loans and Leases

The Bancorp classifies its loans and leases based upon the primary purpose of the loan. Table 11 summarizes end of period loans and leases, including loans held for sale and Table 12 summarizes average total loans and leases, including loans held for sale.

TABLE 11: Components of Total Loans and Leases (includes held for sale)

	September 30, 2011				December 31, 2010				September 30, 2010
($ in millions)	Balance		% of Total		Balance		% of Total		Balance		% of Total
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial loans	$	29,324		36	$	27,275		34	$	26,502		34
Commercial mortgage loans		10,435		13		10,992		14		11,333		14
Commercial construction loans		1,239		2		2,111		3		2,500		3
Commercial leases		3,368		4		3,378		4		3,304		4
Subtotal – commercial		44,366		55		43,756		55		43,639		55
Consumer:
Residential mortgage loans		11,878		15		10,857		14		9,989		13
Home equity		10,920		13		11,513		14		11,774		15
Automobile loans		11,593		14		10,983		14		10,738		14
Credit card		1,878		2		1,896		2		1,832		2
Other consumer loans and leases		421		1		702		1		770		1
Subtotal – consumer		36,690		45		35,951		45		35,103		45
Total loans and leases	$	81,056		100	$	79,707		100	$	78,742		100
Total portfolio loans and leases (excludes loans held for sale)	$	79,216			$	77,491			$	76,009

Total loans and leases, including loans held for sale, increased $1.3 billion, or two percent, from December 31, 2010, and increased $2.3 billion, or three percent, from September 30, 2010. The increase in total loans and leases from December 31, 2010 was the result of a $610 million increase in commercial loans and a $739 million increase in consumer loans. The increase in total loans and leases from September 30, 2010 was the result of a $727 million increase in commercial loans and a $1.6 billion increase in consumer loans.

Total commercial loans and leases increased $610 million, or one percent, from December 31, 2010. The increase in commercial loans and leases was primarily due to an increase in commercial and industrial loans partially offset by decreases in commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans. Commercial and industrial loans increased $2.0 billion, or eight percent, driven by an increase in new loan origination activity. Commercial mortgage loans decreased $557 million, or five percent, and commercial construction loans decreased $872 million, or 41% from December 31, 2010 as the Bancorp experienced continued run-off in these loan categories. The decrease is primarily due to management’s decision to suspend new homebuilder and developer lending in 2007 and non-owner occupied real estate lending in 2008 combined with reduced customer demand for owner-occupied commercial mortgage loans.

Total commercial loans and leases increased $727 million, or two percent, compared to September 30, 2010. The increase in commercial loans and leases was primarily due to an increase in commercial and industrial loans partially offset by a decrease in commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans. Commercial and industrial loans increased $2.8 billion, or 11%, compared to September 30, 2010, driven by an increase in new loan origination activity, partially offset by an $845 million decrease in loans originally issued to Vantiv, LLC, in conjunction with the Processing Business Sale. Vantiv, LLC, refinanced the original loan balance of $1.25 billion into a larger syndicated structure in connection with an acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2010. Commercial mortgage loans decreased $898 million, or eight percent, compared to September 30, 2010, due to continued tighter underwriting standards on commercial real estate loans implemented in an effort to limit exposure to commercial real estate. Commercial construction loans decreased $1.3 billion, or 50%, compared to September 30, 2010, primarily due to management’s strategy to suspend new lending on commercial non-owner occupied real estate beginning in 2008.

Total consumer loans and leases increased $739 million, or two percent, from December 31, 2010 primarily due to an increase in residential mortgage loans and automobile loans partially offset by a decrease in home equity loans and other consumer loans and leases. Residential mortgage loans increased $1.0 billion, or nine percent, compared to December 31, 2010, primarily due to management’s decision in the third quarter of 2010 to retain certain shorter term residential mortgage loans originated through the Bancorp’s retail branches. Automobile loans increased $610 million, or six percent, compared to December 31, 2010, due to strong loan origination volumes through consistent and competitive pricing, enhanced customer service with our dealership network and disciplined sales execution. Home equity loans decreased $593 million, or five percent, due to tighter underwriting standards implemented in prior quarters and decreased customer demand. Other consumer loans and leases, primarily made up of automobile leases as well as student loans designated as held for sale, decreased $281 million, or 40%, compared to December 31, 2010 due to a decline in new originations driven by tighter underwriting standards implemented in prior quarters. Credit card loans remained relatively flat from December 31, 2010.

Total consumer loans and leases increased $1.6 billion, or five percent, compared to September 30, 2010 primarily due to increases in residential mortgage loans and automobile loans, partially offset by decreases in home equity loans and other consumer loans and leases.

19

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Residential mortgage loans increased $1.9 billion, or 19%, from September 30, 2010, primarily due to management’s decision in the third quarter of 2010 to retain certain shorter term residential mortgage loans originated through the Bancorp’s retail branches. Automobile loans increased $855 million, or eight percent, from September 30, 2010, due to the previously mentioned strategic focus on increasing automobile lending during 2010 and throughout 2011. Home equity loans decreased $854 million, or seven percent, compared to September 30, 2010 as a result of tighter underwriting standards and decreased customer demand. Other consumer loans and leases decreased $349 million, or 45%, compared to September 30, 2010 due to a decline in new originations driven by tighter underwriting standards.

TABLE 12: Components of Average Total Loans and Leases (includes held for sale)

	September 30, 2011				December 31, 2010				September 30, 2010
($ in millions)	Balance		% of Total		Balance		% of Total		Balance		% of Total
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial loans	$	28,824		36	$	26,509		34	$	26,348		33
Commercial mortgage loans		10,140		13		11,276		14		11,462		15
Commercial construction loans		1,777		2		2,289		3		2,955		4
Commercial leases		3,300		4		3,314		4		3,257		4
Subtotal – commercial		44,041		55		43,388		55		44,022		56
Consumer:
Residential mortgage loans		11,224		14		10,693		13		9,897		13
Home equity		10,985		14		11,655		15		11,897		15
Automobile loans		11,445		14		10,825		14		10,517		13
Credit card		1,864		2		1,844		2		1,838		2
Other consumer loans and leases		454		1		743		1		683		1
Subtotal – consumer		35,972		45		35,760		45		34,832		44
Total average loans and leases	$	80,013		100	$	79,148		100	$	78,854		100
Total portfolio loans and leases (excludes loans held for sale)	$	78,620			$	76,236			$	76,617

Average total commercial loans and leases increased $653 million, or two percent, compared to December 31, 2010 and remained flat compared to September 30, 2010. The increase in average total commercial loans and leases from December 31, 2010 was driven by an increase in commercial and industrial loans, partially offset by a decrease in commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans. Commercial and industrial loans increased $2.3 billion, or nine percent, commercial mortgage loans decreased $1.1 billion, or 10%, and commercial construction loans decreased $512 million, or 22% due to the reasons previously discussed.

Average total consumer loans and leases were relatively flat compared to December 31, 2010 and increased $1.1 billion, or three percent, compared to September 30, 2010. The increase in average total consumer loans and leases from September 30, 2010 was driven by increases in average residential mortgage loans and average automobile loans, partially offset by decreases in average home equity loans and average other consumer loans and leases. Average residential mortgage loans increased $1.3 billion, or 13%, average automobile loan balances increased $928 million, or nine percent, average home equity loans decreased $912 million, or eight percent, and average other consumer loans and leases decreased $229 million, or 34%, from September 30, 2010 due to the reasons previously discussed.

Investment Securities

The Bancorp uses investment securities as a means of managing interest rate risk, providing liquidity support and providing collateral for pledging purposes. As of September 30, 2011, total investment securities were $16.8 billion, compared to $16.1 billion at December 31, 2010 and $16.6 billion at September 30, 2010.

Securities are classified as trading when bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Securities are classified as available-for-sale when, in management’s judgment, they may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in market conditions. Securities that management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and reported at amortized cost. The Bancorp’s management has evaluated the securities in an unrealized loss position in the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios for OTTI. See Note 4 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on OTTI.

For all periods presented, the Bancorp’s investment portfolio consisted primarily of AAA-rated agency mortgage-backed securities, and did not hold asset-backed securities backed by subprime mortgage loans in its investment portfolio. Additionally, there was approximately $136 million of securities classified as below investment grade as of September 30, 2011, compared to $137 million as of December 31, 2010 and $140 million as of September 30, 2010.

20

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

TABLE 13: Components of Investment Securities

($ in millions)	September 30, 2011		December 31, 2010		September 30, 2010
Available-for-sale and other: (amortized cost basis)
U.S. Treasury and Government agencies	$	201		225		300
U.S. Government sponsored agencies		1,808		1,564		1,691
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		101		170		191
Agency mortgage-backed securities		10,413		10,570		10,878
Other bonds, notes and debentures		1,567		1,338		995
Other securities		1,337		1,052		1,253
Total available-for-sale and other securities	$	15,427		14,919		15,308
Held-to-maturity: (amortized cost basis)
Obligations of states and political subdivisions	$	335		348		349
Other bonds, notes and debentures		2		5		5
Total held-to-maturity	$	337		353		354
Trading: (fair value)
Variable rate demand notes	$	2		106		114
Other securities		187		188		206
Total trading	$	189		294		320

Available-for-sale securities on an amortized basis increased $508 million, or three percent, from December 31, 2010 due to an increase in U.S. Government sponsored agencies, other bonds, notes and debentures, and other securities partially offset by a decrease in agency mortgage-backed securities. Available-for-sale securities increased $119 million, or one percent, from September 30, 2010 due to an increase in other bonds, notes and debentures and U.S. Government sponsored agencies partially offset by a decrease in agency mortgage backed securities.

At September 30, 2011 and 2010, available-for-sale securities were 16% of total interest-earning assets compared to 15% at December 31, 2010. The estimated weighted-average life of the debt securities in the available-for-sale portfolio was 3.6 years at September 30, 2011, compared to 4.4 years at December 31, 2010 and 3.4 years at September 30, 2010. In addition, at September 30, 2011, the fixed-rate securities within the available-for-sale securities portfolio had a weighted-average yield of 4.05%, compared to 4.24% at December 31, 2010 and 4.32% at September 30, 2010.

Information presented in Table 14 is on a weighted-average life basis, anticipating future prepayments. Yield information is presented on an FTE basis and is computed using historical cost balances. Maturity and yield calculations for the total available-for-sale portfolio exclude equity securities that have no stated yield or maturity. Market rates declined slightly in the third quarter of 2011 from the third and fourth quarter’s of 2010, resulting in an increase in net unrealized gains on agency mortgage-backed securities to $604 million at September 30, 2011, compared to $403 million in December 31, 2010 and $469 million at September 30, 2010. Total net unrealized gains on the available-for-sale securities portfolio were $800 million at September 30, 2011, compared to $495 million at December 31, 2010 and $667 million at September 30, 2010.

21

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

TABLE 14: Characteristics of Available-for-Sale and Other Securities

As of September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Weighted-Average Life (in years)		Weighted-Average Yield
U.S. Treasury and Government agencies:
Average life of one year or less	$	200		201		0.5		0.25	%
Average life 5 – 10 years		1		1		7.4		1.51
Total		201		202		0.5		0.26
U.S. Government sponsored agencies:
Average life of one year or less		50		51		1.0		1.54
Average life 1 – 5 years		715		767		4.2		3.03
Average life 5 – 10 years		1,043		1,172		5.5		3.91
Total		1,808		1,990		4.8		3.50
Obligations of states and political subdivisions:(a)
Average life of one year or less		11		12		0.2		7.41
Average life 1 – 5 years		53		53		3.4		0.14
Average life 5 – 10 years		26		28		8.6		6.01
Average life greater than 10 years		11		12		10.7		5.02
Total		101		105		5.2		2.99
Agency mortgage-backed securities:
Average life of one year or less		418		430		0.6		4.83
Average life 1 – 5 years		9,608		10,168		3.4		4.33
Average life 5 – 10 years		387		419		7.3		4.03
Total		10,413		11,017		3.5		4.34
Other bonds, notes and debentures:(b)
Average life of one year or less		219		224		0.5		5.11
Average life 1 – 5 years		1,011		1,011		3.3		2.90
Average life 5 – 10 years		311		315		6.2		3.18
Average life greater than 10 years		26		23		16.4		4.84
Total		1,567		1,573		3.7		3.30
Other securities(c)		1,337		1,340
Total available-for-sale and other securities	$	15,427		16,227		3.6		4.05	%

(a) Taxable-equivalent yield adjustments included in the above table are 2.56%, 0.05%, 2.08%, 1.74% and 1.05% for securities with an average life of one year or less, 1-5 years, 5-10 years, greater than 10 years and in total, respectively.

(b) Other bonds, notes, and debentures consist of non-agency mortgage backed securities, certain other asset backed securities (primarily automobile and commercial loan backed securities) and corporate bond securities.

(c) Other securities consist of FHLB and FRB restricted stock holdings that are carried at par, FHLMC and FNMA preferred stock holdings and certain mutual fund holdings and equity security holdings.

Trading securities decreased $105 million, or 36%, compared to December 31, 2010 and decreased $131 million, or 41%, compared to September 30, 2010. The decreases from December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010 were driven by the sale of VRDNs during the first quarter of 2011, which were held by the Bancorp in its trading securities portfolio. These securities were purchased from the market through FTS who was also the remarketing agent. Rates on these securities declined in 2010 and, as a result, the Bancorp continued to sell the VRDNs, replacing them with higher-yielding agency mortgage-backed securities classified as available-for-sale. For more information on VRDNs, see Note 13 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Deposits

The Bancorp’s deposit balances represent an important source of funding and revenue growth opportunity. The Bancorp is continuing to focus on core deposit growth in its retail and commercial franchises by improving customer satisfaction, building full relationships and offering competitive rates. Core deposits represented 69%, 70% and 68% of the Bancorp’s asset funding base at September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, respectively.

22

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

TABLE 15: Deposits

	September 30, 2011				December 31, 2010				September 30, 2010
($ in millions)	Balance		% of Total		Balance		% of Total		Balance		% of Total
Demand	$	24,547		30		21,413		26		20,109		25
Interest checking		18,616		23		18,560		23		17,225		21
Savings		21,673		26		20,903		26		20,260		25
Money market		5,448		7		5,035		6		5,064		6
Foreign office		3,139		3		3,721		5		3,807		5
Transaction deposits		73,423		89		69,632		86		66,465		82
Other time		5,439		7		7,728		9		9,379		12
Core deposits		78,862		96		77,360		95		75,844		94
Certificates - $100,000 and over		3,092		4		4,287		5		5,515		6
Other		93		—		1		—		3		—
Total deposits	$	82,047		100		81,648		100		81,362		100

Core deposits increased $1.5 billion, or two percent, compared to December 31, 2010, driven by an increase in transaction deposits, partially offset by a decrease in other time deposits. Transaction deposits increased $3.8 billion, or five percent, driven by increases in demand deposits and saving deposits. Demand deposits increased $3.1 billion, or 15%, from December 31, 2010 due to an increase in new accounts, growth from maturing certificate of deposits, and commercial customers opting to hold money in demand deposit accounts rather than investing excess cash given current market conditions. Saving deposits increased $770 million, or four percent, from December 31, 2010 primarily due to growth from maturing certificate of deposits and the relationship savings program which offers customers double-interest bonus payments every month when an active checking account is held. Other time deposits decreased $2.3 billion, or 30%, compared to December 31, 2010, primarily as a result of continued runoff of CDs due to the low interest rate environment as customers have opted to maintain balances in more liquid transaction accounts.

Core deposits increased $3.0 billion, or four percent, compared to September 30, 2010, driven by an increase in transaction deposits partially offset by a decrease in other time deposits. Transaction deposits increased $7.0 billion, or 10%, driven by increases in demand deposits, saving deposits, and interest checking deposits. Demand deposits increased $4.4 billion, or 22%, from September 30, 2010 due to an increase in new accounts and growth from maturing certificate of deposits. Saving deposits increased $1.4 billion, or seven percent, primarily due to growth from the relationship savings program, an increase in new accounts in the Bancorp’s growth markets due to competitive interest rates, and growth due to maturing certificate of deposit accounts. Interest checking accounts increased $1.4 billion, or eight percent, from September 30, 2010 primarily due to an increase in new accounts and growth due to maturing certificate of deposit accounts. The increase in transaction deposits was offset by a decrease of $3.9 billion, or 42%, in other time deposits, as customers maintained their balances in more liquid accounts as interest rates remained near historical lows.

Included in core deposits are foreign office deposits, which are primarily Eurodollar sweep accounts from the Bancorp’s commercial customers. These accounts bear interest rates at slightly higher than money market accounts and unlike repurchase agreements the Bancorp does not have to pledge collateral. Foreign office deposits decreased $582 million, or 16%, from December 31, 2010 and $668 million, or 18%, from September 30, 2010 due to a reduction in sweep activity to foreign office deposits.

The Bancorp uses certificates of deposit $100,000 and over, as a method to fund earning asset growth. At September 30, 2011, certificates $100,000 and over decreased $1.2 billion, or 28%, compared to December 31, 2010, and decreased $2.4 billion, or 44%, compared to September 30, 2010, due to continued runoff from the low rate environment.

The following table presents average deposits for the three months ending September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010, and September 30, 2010.

TABLE 16: Average Deposits

	September 30, 2011				December 31, 2010				September 30, 2010
($ in millions)	Balance		% of Total		Balance		% of Total		Balance		% of Total
Demand	$	23,677		29		21,066		26		19,362		24
Interest checking		18,322		23		17,578		22		17,142		21
Savings		21,747		27		20,602		25		19,905		25
Money market		5,213		6		4,985		6		4,940		6
Foreign office		3,255		4		3,733		5		3,592		4
Transaction deposits		72,214		89		67,964		84		64,941		80
Other time		6,008		7		8,490		10		10,261		13
Core deposits		78,222		96		76,454		94		75,202		93
Certificates - $100,000 and over		3,376		4		4,858		6		6,096		7
Other		7		—		9		—		4		—
Total average deposits	$	81,605		100		81,321		100		81,302		100

23

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

On an average basis, core deposits increased $1.8 billion, or two percent, compared to December 31, 2010 and increased $3.0 billion, or four percent, compared to September 30, 2010 due to the migration of certificates of deposits greater than $100K into transaction accounts, due to the impact of historically low rates and excess customer liquidity.

Borrowings

Total borrowings increased approximately $3.7 billion, or 33%, from December 31, 2010 and increased $2.0 billion, or 15%, compared to September 30, 2010. The increase in total borrowings from December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010 was primarily due to an increase in other short-term borrowings, the increase from September 30, 2010 was partially offset by a decrease in long-term debt. As of September 30, 2011, total borrowings as a percentage of interest-bearing liabilities was 21% compared to 16% at December 31, 2010 and 18% at September 30, 2010.

TABLE 17: Borrowings

($ in millions)	September 30, 2011		December 31, 2010		September 30, 2010
Federal funds purchased	$	427		279		368
Other short-term borrowings		4,894		1,574		1,775
Long-term debt		9,800		9,558		10,953
Total borrowings	$	15,121		11,411		13,096

Short-term borrowings include securities sold under repurchase agreements which are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were sold plus accrued interest. Other short-term borrowings increased $3.3 billion, or 211%, from December 31, 2010 driven by an increase of $2.9 billion in short-term FHLB borrowings. Long-term debt increased $242 million, or three percent from December 31, 2010 due to the issuance of $1.0 billion in senior notes during the first quarter of 2011 and a $375 million increase in structured repurchase agreements partially offset by the redemption of $492 million of certain trust preferred securities during the first nine months of 2011, and the redemption of a $500 million long-term FHLB advance during the third quarter of 2011.

Other short-term borrowings increased $3.1 billion, or 176%, from September 30, 2010 driven by the previously mentioned increase in FHLB borrowings. Long-term debt decreased $1.2 billion, or 11%, compared to September 30, 2010 due to the $1.0 billion repayment of long-term debt during the fourth quarter of 2010 and the previously mentioned issuances and redemptions above.

The following table presents average borrowings for the three months ending September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010, and September 30, 2010.

TABLE 18: Average Borrowings

($ in millions)	September 30, 2011		December 31, 2010		September 30, 2010
Federal funds purchased	$	376		376		302
Other short-term borrowings		4,033		1,728		1,880
Long-term debt		10,136		10,298		10,954
Total average borrowings	$	14,545		12,402		13,136

Average total borrowings increased $2.1 billion, or 17%, compared to December 31, 2010, primarily due to the previously mentioned $2.9 billion increase in short-term borrowings. Average total borrowings increased $1.4 billion, or 11%, compared to September 30, 2010 due to the previously mentioned increase in other short-term borrowings, partially offset by a decline in long term debt.

Information on the average rates paid on borrowings is discussed in the net interest income section of the MD&A. In addition, refer to the Liquidity Risk Management section for a discussion on the role of borrowings in the Bancorp’s liquidity management.

24

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

BUSINESS SEGMENT REVIEW

The Bancorp reports on four business segments: Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending and Investment Advisors. Additional detailed financial information on each business segment is included in Note 21 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Results of the Bancorp’s business segments are presented based on its management structure and management accounting practices. The structure and accounting practices are specific to the Bancorp; therefore, the financial results of the Bancorp’s business segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial institutions. The Bancorp refines its methodologies from time to time as management accounting practices are improved and businesses change.

The Bancorp manages interest rate risk centrally at the corporate level by employing a FTP methodology. This methodology insulates the business segments from interest rate volatility, enabling them to focus on serving customers through loan originations and deposit taking. The FTP system assigns charge rates and credit rates to classes of assets and liabilities, respectively, based on expected duration and the LIBOR swap curve. Matching duration allocates interest income and interest expense to each segment so its resulting net interest income is insulated from interest rate risk. In a rising rate environment, the Bancorp benefits from the widening spread between deposit costs and wholesale funding costs. However, the Bancorp’s FTP system credits this benefit to deposit-providing businesses, such as Branch Banking and Investment Advisors, on a duration-adjusted basis. The net impact of the FTP methodology is captured in General Corporate and Other.

The Bancorp adjusts the FTP charge and credit rates as dictated by changes in interest rates for various interest-earning assets and liabilities. The credit rate provided for DDA’s is reviewed annually based upon the account type, its estimated duration and the corresponding fed funds, LIBOR or swap rate. The credit rates for DDA’s were reset January 1, 2011 to reflect the current market rates. These rates were significantly lower than those in place during the first nine months of 2010, thus net interest income for deposit providing businesses was negatively impacted during the first nine months of 2011.

The business segments are charged provision expense based on the actual net charge-offs experienced by the loans owned by each segment. Provision expense attributable to loan growth and changes in factors in the ALLL are captured in General Corporate and Other. The financial results of the business segments include allocations for shared services and headquarters expenses. Even with these allocations, the financial results are not necessarily indicative of the business segments’ financial condition and results of operations as if they existed as independent entities. Additionally, the business segments form synergies by taking advantage of cross-sell opportunities and when funding operations, by accessing the capital markets as a collective unit. Net income by business segment is summarized in the following table.

TABLE 19: Business Segment Results

	For the three months ended September 30,					For the nine months ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011		2010			2011			2010
Commercial Banking	$	128		(145	)	$	302			23
Branch Banking		57		39			128			139
Consumer Lending		41		(27	)		46	��		(37	)
Investment Advisors		—		7			18			29
General Corporate & Other		155		364			490			266
Net income		381		238			984			420
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest		—		—			1			—
Net income attributable to Bancorp		381		238			983			420
Dividends on preferred stock		8		63			194			187
Net income available to common shareholders	$	373		175		$	789			233

25

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Commercial Banking

Commercial Banking offers credit intermediation, cash management and financial services to large and middle-market businesses and government and professional customers. In addition to the traditional lending and depository offerings, Commercial Banking products and services include global cash management, foreign exchange and international trade finance, derivatives and capital markets services, asset-based lending, real estate finance, public finance, commercial leasing and syndicated finance. The following table contains selected financial data for the Commercial Banking segment.

TABLE 20: Commercial Banking

	For the three months ended September 30,					For the nine months ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011		2010			2011			2010
Income Statement Data
Net interest income (FTE)(a)	$	345		389		$	1,015			1,156
Provision for loan and lease losses		104		559			402			1,025
Noninterest income:
Corporate banking revenue		82		81			254			248
Service charges on deposits		53		50			154			145
Other noninterest income		24		8			89			72
Noninterest expense:
Salaries, incentives and benefits		69		59			205			185
Other noninterest expense		193		187			610			540
Income (loss) before taxes		138		(277	)		295			(129	)
Applicable income tax expense (benefit)(b)		10		(132	)		(7	)		(152	)
Net income (loss)	$	128		(145	)	$	302			23
Average Balance Sheet Data
Commercial loans	$	38,304		38,057		$	38,126			38,565
Demand deposits		13,319		10,550			12,460			10,628
Interest checking		7,477		7,458			7,911			8,700
Savings and money market		2,804		2,967			2,815			2,812
Certificates over $100,000		1,509		3,094			1,789			3,107
Foreign office deposits		1,246		2,252			1,674			1,929

(a) Includes FTE adjustments of$4for the three months endedSeptember 30, 2011and 2010 and$12and $10 for the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2011and 2010, respectively.

(b) Applicable income tax expense (benefit) for all periods includes the tax benefit from tax-exempt income and business tax credits, partially offset by the effect of certain nondeductible expenses. Refer to the Applicable Income Taxes section of MD&A for additional information.

Net income was $128 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, compared to a net loss of $145 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, net income was $302 million compared to $23 million for the same period of the prior year. The increases in net income were driven by a decrease in the provision for loan and lease losses and an increase in noninterest income, partially offset by lower net interest income and higher noninterest expense.

Net interest income decreased $44 million and $141 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year. The decreases in net interest income were primarily driven by declines in the FTP credits for DDA accounts and decreases in interest income. The decreases in interest income were driven primarily by declines in yields of 29 bp and 15 bp, respectively, on average loans.

Provision for loan and lease losses decreased $455 million and $623 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year as a result of improved credit trends across all commercial loan types. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased to 108 bp for the three months ended September 30, 2011 compared to 584 bp for the same period of the prior year and decreased to 142 bp for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to 357 bp for the same period of the prior year, largely due to net charge-offs on commercial loans moved to held for sale during the third quarter of 2010.

Noninterest income increased $20 million compared to the third quarter of 2010, primarily due to an increase in other noninterest income due to an increase in gains on the sale of OREO of $7 million and a $9 million increase in venture capital gains. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, noninterest income increased $32 million compared to the same period of the prior year due to increases in corporate banking revenue, service charges on deposits, and other noninterest income. The increase in corporate banking revenue of $6 million was primarily driven by increased business lending fees, partially offset by decreases in international income and institutional sales. The increase in service charges on deposits of $9 million was primarily driven by a decrease in earnings credits paid on customer balances. The increase in other noninterest income is primarily due to a $14 million increase in venture capital gains.

Noninterest expense increased $16 million and $90 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year as a result of increases in salaries, incentives and benefits and FDIC insurance expense, which is recorded in other noninterest expense. The increases in salaries, incentives and benefits of $10 million and $20 million, respectively, for the

26

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year was the result of increased incentive compensation due to higher corporate banking net revenue, as well as additions to the sales force. FDIC insurance expense increased $4 million and $10 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year due to a change in the methodology in determining FDIC insurance premiums to one based on total assets as opposed to the previous method that was based on domestic deposits.

Average commercial loans increased $247 million and decreased $439 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year. Average commercial mortgage loans decreased $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year as a result of tighter underwriting standards implemented in prior quarters in an effort to limit exposure to commercial real estate. Average commercial construction loans decreased $1.1 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year, due to runoff as management suspended new lending on non-owner occupied real estate in 2008. The decreases in average commercial mortgage and construction loans were offset by growth in average commercial and industrial loans, which increased $2.7 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods in the prior year as a result of an increase in new loan origination activity.

Average core deposits increased $1.6 billion and $780 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of 2010. The increases for both comparative periods were primarily driven by strong growth in demand deposit accounts, which increased $2.8 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year. The increase in demand deposit accounts was partially offset by decreases in interest bearing deposits of $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year , as customers opted to maintain their balances in more liquid accounts due to interest rates remaining near historical lows.

Branch Banking

Branch Banking provides a full range of deposit and loan and lease products to individuals and small businesses through 1,314 full-service banking centers. Branch Banking offers depository and loan products, such as checking and savings accounts, home equity loans and lines of credit, credit cards and loans for automobiles and other personal financing needs, as well as products designed to meet the specific needs of small businesses, including cash management services. The following table contains selected financial data for the Branch Banking segment.

TABLE 21: Branch Banking

	For the three months				For the nine months
	ended September 30,				ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011		2010		2011		2010
Income Statement Data
Net interest income	$	359		384	$	1,057		1,155
Provision for loan and lease losses		87		153		300		436
Noninterest income:
Service charges on deposits		81		92		228		285
Card and processing revenue		78		73		241		220
Investment advisory revenue		30		27		89		78
Other noninterest income		26		30		74		83
Noninterest expense:
Salaries, incentives and benefits		146		137		444		415
Net occupancy and equipment expense		59		55		176		167
Card and processing expense		33		26		88		80
Other noninterest expense		161		171		484		501
Income before taxes		88		64		197		222
Applicable income tax expense		31		25		69		83
Net income	$	57		39	$	128		139
Average Balance Sheet Data
Consumer loans	$	14,223		12,958	$	13,981		13,051
Commercial loans		4,663		4,770		4,627		4,880
Demand deposits		8,503		7,035		8,241		6,866
Interest checking		8,157		7,353		7,924		7,482
Savings and money market		22,378		20,315		22,173		19,625
Other time		5,910		10,076		6,584		11,000

Net income was $57 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, compared to net income of $39 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, net income was $128 million compared to $139 million for the same period of the prior year. The increase for the three month period was driven by a decrease in the provision for loan and leases losses, partially offset by a decline in net interest income. The decrease for the nine month period was driven by a decrease in net interest income and noninterest income, partially offset by a decline in the provision for loan and lease losses.

27

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Net interest income decreased $25 million and $98 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year due to decreases in the FTP credits for DDA accounts. In addition, the decline was driven by a decline in average commercial loan balances as well as lower yields on average commercial and consumer loans. These declines were partially offset by a favorable shift in the segment’s deposit mix towards lower cost transaction deposits, resulting in declines in interest expense of $46 million and $148 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods in the prior year.

Provision for loan and lease losses for the three months ended September 30, 2011 decreased $66 million compared to the third quarter of 2010, and declined $136 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period of the prior year. The decline in the provision for both periods was the result of improved credit trends across all consumer and commercial loan types. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased to 183 bp for the three months ended September 30, 2011 compared to 340 bp for the same period of the prior year and decreased to 154 bp for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to 320 bp for the same period of the prior year.

Noninterest income decreased $7 million and $34 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year. These decreases were primarily driven by lower service charges on deposits, which declined $11 million and $57 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year, due to the implementation of Regulation E in the third quarter of 2010. For both periods, these decreases were partially offset by increased card and processing revenue caused by higher debit and credit card transaction volumes, along with increased investment advisory revenue attributable to improved market performance and sales force expansion.

Noninterest expense increased $10 million and $29 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods in the prior year. These increases were primarily driven by increases in salaries, incentives and benefits expense and card and processing expense partially offset by a decline in other noninterest expense. Salaries, incentives and benefits expenses increased $9 million and $29 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily due to an increase in base and incentive compensation driven by investments in the sales force, as well as additional branch personnel. Other noninterest expense declined $10 million and $17 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year, primarily due to a decrease in FDIC insurance expense. Card and processing expense increased by $7 million and $8 million in the comparative periods due to increased costs associated with an increase in the redemption of points for debit and credit card rewards.

Average consumer loans increased $1.3 billion for the third quarter of 2011 and $930 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods in the prior year. These increases were primarily driven by increases in average residential mortgage loans of $1.7 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods in the prior year due to management’s decision in the third quarter of 2010 to retain certain mortgage loans. The increases in average residential mortgage loans were partially offset by decreases in average home equity loans of $405 million and $443 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year, due to decreased customer demand and continued tighter underwriting standards. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, average commercial loans decreased $107 million and $253 million, respectively, compared to the same prior year periods primarily due to declines in commercial and industrial loans resulting from lower customer demand for new originations and continued tighter underwriting standards applied to both originations and renewals.

Average core deposits remained relatively flat for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to the same periods in the prior year as runoff of higher priced certificates of deposit was offset by growth in transaction accounts due to excess customer liquidity and historically low interest rates.

Consumer Lending

Consumer Lending includes the Bancorp’s mortgage, home equity, automobile and other indirect lending activities. Mortgage and home equity lending activities include the origination, retention and servicing of mortgage and home equity loans or lines of credit, sales and securitizations of those loans, pools of loans or lines of credit, and all associated hedging activities. Indirect lending activities include loans to consumers through mortgage brokers and automobile dealers. The following table contains selected financial data for the Consumer Lending segment.

28

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

TABLE 22: Consumer Lending

	For the three months ended September 30,					For the nine months ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011		2010			2011		2010
Income Statement Data
Net interest income	$	85		102		$	256		299
Provision for loan and lease losses		55		232			205		478
Noninterest income:
Mortgage banking net revenue		175		224			435		479
Other noninterest income		16		6			38		26
Noninterest expense:
Salaries, incentives and benefits		45		51			127		135
Other noninterest expense		113		94			327		256
Income (loss) before taxes		63		(45	)		70		(65	)
Applicable income tax expense (benefit)		22		(18	)		24		(28	)
Net income (loss)	$	41		(27	)	$	46		(37	)
Average Balance Sheet Data
Residential mortgage loans	$	9,159		9,507		$	9,112		9,269
Home equity		714		835			742		866
Automobile loans		10,755		9,808			10,551		9,575
Consumer leases		122		354			183		413

Net income was $41 million and $46 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to a net loss of $27 million and $37 million, respectively, for the same periods in the prior year. For both comparative periods, the increases in net income were driven by a decline in the provision for loan and lease losses, partially offset by decreases in noninterest income and net interest income and an increase in noninterest expense.

Net interest income decreased $17 million and $43 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010. These decreases were primarily driven by a decline in average loan balances for residential mortgage, home equity, and consumer leases as well as lower yields on average residential mortgage and automobile loans, partially offset by favorable decreases in the FTP charge applied to the segment.

Provision for loan and lease losses decreased $177 million and $273 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to the same periods of the prior year, as delinquency metrics and underlying loss trends improved across all consumer loan types. Additionally, improvements were realized as a result of $123 million in charge-offs taken on $228 million of portfolio loans which were sold during the third quarter of 2010. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased to 111 bp for the three months ended September 30, 2011 compared to 494 bp for the same period of the prior year and decreased to 141 bp for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to 344 bp for the same period of the prior year.

Noninterest income decreased $39 million and $32 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year. The decrease from both periods in the prior year was primarily due to decreases in mortgage banking net revenue of $49 million and $44 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011. The decrease from the third quarter of 2010 was primarily the result of a $48 million decrease in revenue associated with residential mortgage origination activity due to lower origination volume and due to decreased margins. The decrease from the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was driven by declines in origination fees and gains on loan sales due to decreased margins and lower origination volume partially offset by positive net valuation adjustments on mortgage servicing rights and free-standing derivatives used to economically hedge mortgage servicing rights. Residential mortgage originations totaled $3.9 billion and $10.3 billion, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to $4.9 billion and $11.5 billion for the same periods of the prior year.

Noninterest expense increased $13 million and $63 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year. For both periods, the increases were driven in part by increased FDIC insurance expense, as the methodology used to determine FDIC insurance premiums changed from one based on domestic deposits to one based on total assets. Additional changes were due to the increase of $6 million and $36 million, respectively, in the representation and warranty expense related to residential mortgage loans sold to third parties.

Average consumer loans and leases increased $242 million and $454 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year. Average automobile loans increased $947 million and $976 million, respectively, compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 due to a strategic focus to increase automobile lending throughout 2010 and into 2011 through consistent and competitive pricing, disciplined sales execution, and enhanced customer service with our dealership network. This increase was partially offset by declines across all other types of consumer loans. Average residential mortgage loans decreased $348 million and $157 million, respectively, from the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to the same periods of the prior year as a result of the lower originations discussed previously. Average home equity loans decreased $121 million and $124 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods in the prior year due to

29

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

continued runoff in the discontinued brokered home equity product. Average consumer leases decreased $232 million and $230 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods in the prior year due to runoff as the Bancorp discontinued this product in the fourth quarter of 2008.

Investment Advisors

Investment Advisors provides a full range of investment alternatives for individuals, companies and not-for-profit organizations. Investment Advisors is made up of four main businesses: FTS, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bancorp; FTAM, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bancorp; Fifth Third Private Bank; and Fifth Third Institutional Services. FTS offers full service retail brokerage services to individual clients and broker dealer services to the institutional marketplace. FTAM provides asset management services and also advises the Bancorp’s proprietary family of mutual funds. Fifth Third Private Banking offers holistic strategies to affluent clients in wealth planning, investing, insurance and wealth protection. Fifth Third Institutional Services provide advisory services for institutional clients including states and municipalities. The following table contains selected financial data for the Investment Advisors segment.

TABLE 23: Investment Advisors

	For the three months ended September 30,				For the nine months ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011		2010		2011		2010
Income Statement Data
Net interest income	$	29		35	$	85		109
Provision for loan and lease losses		16		12		25		33
Noninterest income:
Investment advisory revenue		89		85		275		256
Other noninterest income		3		3		9		10
Noninterest expense:
Salaries, incentives and benefits		40		38		125		114
Other noninterest expense		65		62		191		183
Income before taxes		—		11		28		45
Applicable income tax expense		—		4		10		16
Net income	$	—		7	$	18		29
Average Balance Sheet Data
Loans and leases	$	2,004		2,476	$	2,065		2,600
Core deposits		6,867		5,810		6,691		5,797

Net income decreased $7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the third quarter of 2010 primarily due to a decline in net interest income. Net income decreased $11 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period of the prior year as a decline in net interest income was partially offset by higher investment advisory revenue.

Net interest income decreased $6 million and $24 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year. The decreases were driven by a decline in average loan and lease balances as well as declines in yields of 36 bp and 89 bp, respectively compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Provision for loan and leases losses increased $4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and decreased $8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases increased to 316 bps for the three months ended September 30, 2011 compared to 189 bps for the same period of the prior year and decreased to 86 bps for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to 163 bps for the same period of the prior year.

Noninterest income increased $4 million and $18 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year, due primarily to increases in investment advisory revenue. Private Bank income increased $1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period of the prior year, and $9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period of the prior year, primarily due to market performance. Securities and broker income increased $3 million and $7 million, respectively, for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year, due to continued expansion of the sales force and market performance.

Noninterest expense increased $5 million and $19 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year, due to increases in salaries, incentives and benefit expense resulting from the expansion of the sales force and compensation related to improved performance in investment advisory revenue related fees.

Average loans and leases decreased $472 million and $535 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to the same periods of the prior year. These decreases were primarily driven by declines in home equity loans of $379 million and $378 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 due to tighter underwriting standards. Average core deposits increased $1.1 billion and $894 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods of the prior year due to growth in interest checking and foreign deposits as customers have opted to maintain excess funds in liquid transaction accounts as a result of interest rates remaining near historic lows.

30

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

General Corporate and Other

General Corporate and Other includes the unallocated portion of the investment securities portfolio, securities gains and losses, certain non-core deposit funding, unassigned equity, provision expense in excess of net charge-offs or a benefit from the reduction of the ALLL, the payment of preferred stock dividends and certain support activities and other items not attributed to the business segments.

Results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 were impacted by a benefit of $175 million and $564 million, respectively, due to reductions in the ALLL. The decrease in provision expense was due to a decrease in nonperforming assets and improvement in credit trends. The results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 were also impacted by dividends on preferred stock of $8 million and $194 million, respectively, and net interest income of $84 million and $242 million, respectively. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, results were impacted by income of $499 million and $600 million, respectively, due to reductions in the ALLL, dividends on preferred stock of $63 million and $187 million, respectively, and net interest income of $6 million and a net interest income loss of $16 million, respectively. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, benefits to provision expense resulting from reductions in the ALLL were driven by general improvements in credit quality and declines in net charge-offs. The nine months ended September 30, 2011 included $153 million in preferred stock dividends as a result of the accelerated accretion of the remaining issuance discount on the Series F Preferred Stock that was repaid in the first quarter of 2011. The three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 included increased net interest income compared to the same periods of the prior year due to a benefit in the FTP rate. The change in net income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same periods in the prior year was impacted by a $127 million pre-tax benefit, net of expenses, from the settlement of litigation associated with one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies that was recorded in the third quarter of 2010.

31

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (Item 3)

RISK MANAGEMENT – OVERVIEW

Managing risk is an essential component of successfully operating a financial services company. The Bancorp’s risk management approach includes processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting risks. The ERM division, led by the Bancorp’s Chief Risk Officer, ensures the consistency and adequacy of the Bancorp’s risk management approach within the structure of the Bancorp’s affiliate operating model. In addition, the Internal Audit division provides an independent assessment of the Bancorp’s internal control structure and related systems and processes.

The assumption of risk requires robust and active risk management practices that comprise an integrated and comprehensive set of activities, measures and strategies that apply to the entire organization. The Bancorp has established a Risk Appetite Framework that provides the foundations of corporate risk capacity, risk appetite and risk tolerances. The Bancorp’s risk capacity is represented by its available financial resources. Risk capacity sets an absolute limit on risk-assumption in the Bancorp’s annual and strategic plans. The Bancorp understands that not all financial resources may persist as viable loss buffers over time. Further, consideration must be given to planned or foreseeable events that would reduce risk capacity. Those factors take the form of capacity adjustments to arrive at an Operating Risk Capacity. Operating Risk Capacity represents the operating risk level the Bancorp can assume while maintaining its solvency standard. The Bancorp’s policy currently discounts its Operating Risk Capacity by a minimum of five percent to provide a buffer; as a result, the Bancorp’s risk appetite is limited by policy to, at most, 95% of its Operating Risk Capacity.

Economic capital is the amount of unencumbered financial resources necessary to support the Bancorp’s risks. The Bancorp measures economic capital under the assumption that it expects to maintain debt ratings at strong investment grade levels over time. The Bancorp’s capital policies require that the economic capital necessary in its business not exceed its Operating Risk Capacity less the aforementioned buffer.

Risk appetite is the aggregate amount of risk the Bancorp is willing to accept in pursuit of its strategic and financial objectives. By establishing boundaries around risk taking and business decisions, and by incorporating the needs and goals of its shareholders, regulators, rating agencies and customers, the Bancorp’s risk appetite is aligned with its priorities and goals. Risk tolerance is the maximum amount of risk applicable to each of the eight specific risk categories included in its Enterprise Risk Management Framework. This is expressed primarily in qualitative terms. The Bancorp’s risk appetite and risk tolerances are supported by risk targets and risk limits. Those limits are used to monitor the amount of risk assumed at a granular level.

The risks faced by the Bancorp include, but are not limited to, credit, market, liquidity, operational, regulatory compliance, legal, reputational and strategic. Each of these risks is managed through the Bancorp’s risk program. ERM includes the following key functions:

• Enterprise Risk Management Programs is responsible for developing and overseeing the implementation of risk programs and reporting that facilitate a broad integrated view of risk. The department also leads the continual fostering of a strong risk management culture and the framework, policies and committees that support effective risk governance, including the oversight of Sarbanes-Oxley compliance;

• Commercial Credit Risk Management provides safety and soundness within an independent portfolio management framework that supports the Bancorp’s commercial loan growth strategies and underwriting practices, ensuring portfolio optimization and appropriate risk controls;

• Risk Strategies and Reporting is responsible for quantitative analysis needed to support the commercial dual rating methodology, ALLL methodology and analytics needed to assess credit risk and develop mitigation strategies related to that risk. The department also provides oversight, reporting and monitoring of commercial underwriting and credit administration processes. The Risk Strategies and Reporting department is also responsible for the economic capital program;

• Consumer Credit Risk Management provides safety and soundness within an independent management framework that supports the Bancorp’s consumer loan growth strategies, ensuring portfolio optimization, appropriate risk controls and oversight, reporting, and monitoring of underwriting and credit administration processes;

• Operational Risk Management works with affiliates and lines of business to maintain processes to monitor and manage all aspects of operational risk, including ensuring consistency in application of operational risk programs;

• Bank Protection oversees and manages fraud prevention and detection and provides investigative and recovery services for the Bancorp;

• Capital Markets Risk Management is responsible for instituting, monitoring, and reporting appropriate trading limits, monitoring liquidity, interest rate risk and risk tolerances within Treasury, Mortgage, and Capital Markets groups and utilizing a value at risk model for Bancorp market risk exposure;

• Regulatory Compliance Risk Management ensures that processes are in place to monitor and comply with federal and state banking regulations, including fiduciary compliance processes. The function also has the responsibility for maintenance of an enterprise-wide compliance framework; and

• The ERM division creates and maintains other functions, committees or processes as are necessary to effectively manage risk throughout the Bancorp.

Risk management oversight and governance is provided by the Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors and through multiple management committees whose membership includes a broad cross-section of line-of-business, affiliate and support representatives. The Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors consists of four outside directors and has the responsibility for the oversight of risk management for the Bancorp, as well as for the Bancorp’s overall aggregate risk profile. The Risk and Compliance

32

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

Committee of the Board of Directors has approved the formation of key management governance committees that are responsible for evaluating risks and controls. The primary committee responsible for the oversight of risk management is the ERMC. Committees accountable to the ERMC, which support the core risk programs, are the Corporate Credit Committee, the Operational Risk Committee, the Management Compliance Committee, the Asset/Liability Committee and the Enterprise Marketing Committee. Other committees accountable to the ERMC oversee the ALLL, capital and community reinvestment act/fair lending functions. There are also new products and initiatives processes applicable to every line of business to ensure an appropriate standard readiness assessment is performed before launching a new product or initiative. Significant risk policies approved by the management governance committees are also reviewed and approved by the Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors.

Finally, Credit Risk Review is an independent function responsible for evaluating the sufficiency of underwriting, documentation and approval processes for consumer and commercial credits, the accuracy of risk grades assigned to commercial credit exposure, appropriate accounting for charge-offs, and nonaccrual status and specific reserves. Credit Risk Review reports directly to the Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors and administratively to the Director of Internal Audit.

33

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

The objective of the Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is to quantify and manage credit risk on an aggregate portfolio basis, as well as to limit the risk of loss resulting from an individual customer default. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is based on three core principles: conservatism, diversification and monitoring. The Bancorp believes that effective credit risk management begins with conservative lending practices. These practices include conservative exposure and counterparty limits and conservative underwriting, documentation and collection standards. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level as well as regular credit examinations and monthly management reviews of large credit exposures and credits experiencing deterioration of credit quality. Lending officers with the authority to extend credit are delegated specific authority amounts, the utilization of which is closely monitored. Underwriting activities are centrally managed, and ERM manages the policy and the authority delegation process directly. The Credit Risk Review function, which reports to the Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors, provides objective assessments of the quality of underwriting and documentation, the accuracy of risk grades and the charge-off, nonaccrual and reserve analysis process. The Bancorp’s credit review process and overall assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is based on quarterly assessments of the probable estimated losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp uses these assessments to promptly identify potential problem loans or leases within the portfolio, maintain an adequate reserve and take any necessary charge-offs. Fifth Third defines potential problem loans as those rated substandard that do not meet the definition of a nonperforming asset or a restructured loan. See Note 6 of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Bancorp’s credit grade categories, which are derived from standard regulatory rating definitions. The following table provides a summary of potential problem loans as of September 30, 2011:

TABLE 24: Potential Problem Loans

($ in millions)	Carrying Value		Unpaid Principal Balance		Exposure
Commercial and industrial	$	1,497		1,499		1,812
Commercial mortgage		1,286		1,287		1,293
Commercial construction		274		274		307
Commercial leases		11		11		11
Total	$	3,068		3,071		3,423

In addition to the individual review of larger commercial loans that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, the commercial credit review process includes the use of two risk grading systems. The risk grading system currently utilized for reserve analysis purposes encompasses ten categories. The Bancorp also maintains a dual risk rating system that provides for thirteen probabilities of default grade categories and an additional six grade categories for estimating losses given an event of default. The probability of default and loss given default evaluations are not separated in the ten-grade risk rating system. The Bancorp has completed significant validation and testing of the dual risk rating system and will make a decision on the implementation of the dual risk rating model for purposes of determining the Bancorp’s ALLL once the FASB has issued a final standard regarding previously proposed methodology changes to the determination of credit impairment as outlined in the “Accounting for Financial Instruments and Revisions to the Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” Exposure Draft and Supplementary Document dated May 2010 and January 2011, respectively. Scoring systems, various analytical tools and delinquency monitoring are used to assess the credit risk in the Bancorp’s homogenous consumer and small business loan portfolios.

Overview

General economic conditions started to improve during 2010 and have been mixed in 2011. Geographically, the Bancorp continues to experience the most stress in Michigan and Florida due to the decline in real estate values. Real estate value deterioration, as measured by the Home Price Index, was most prevalent in Florida due to past real estate price appreciation and related over-development, and in Michigan due in part to cutbacks in automobile manufacturing and the state’s economic downturn. Among commercial portfolios, the homebuilder, residential developer and portions of the remaining non-owner occupied commercial real estate portfolios continue to remain under stress.

Among consumer portfolios, residential mortgage and brokered home equity portfolios exhibited the most stress. Management suspended homebuilder and developer lending in the fourth quarter of 2007 and new commercial non-owner occupied real estate lending in the second quarter of 2008, discontinued the origination of brokered home equity products at the end of 2007 and tightened underwriting standards across both the commercial and consumer loan product offerings. Since the fourth quarter of 2008, in an effort to reduce loan exposure to the real estate and construction industries, the Bancorp has sold certain consumer loans and sold or transferred to held for sale certain commercial loans. Throughout 2010 and 2011, the Bancorp continued to aggressively engage in other loss mitigation strategies such as reducing credit commitments, restructuring certain commercial and consumer loans, tightening underwriting standards on commercial loans and across the consumer loan portfolio, as well as utilizing expanded commercial and consumer loan workout teams. In the financial services industry, there has been heightened focus on foreclosure activity and processes. Fifth Third actively works with borrowers experiencing difficulties and has regularly modified or provided forbearance to borrowers where a workable solution could be found. Foreclosure is a last resort, and the

34

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

Bancorp undertakes foreclosures only when it believes they are necessary and appropriate and are careful to ensure that customer and loan data are accurate. Reviews of the Bancorp’s foreclosure process and procedures conducted last year did not reveal any material deficiencies. These reviews have been expanded and extended in 2011 to improve our processes as additional aspects of the industry’s foreclosure practices have come under intensified scrutiny and criticism. These reviews are completed and the Bancorp may determine to amend its processes and procedures as a result of these reviews. While any impact to the Bancorp that ultimately results from continued reviews cannot yet be determined, management currently believes that such impact will not materially adversely affect the Bancorp’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources. Additionally, banking regulatory agencies and other federal and state governmental authorities have continued to review the foreclosure process of mortgage servicers such as Fifth Third beyond the initial examinations of the largest mortgage servicers they conducted last year and earlier this year. These ongoing reviews could subject Fifth Third and other mortgage servicers to sanctions, civil money penalties and/or requirements to undertake remedial measures.

Commercial Portfolio

The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy includes minimizing concentrations of risk through diversification. The Bancorp has commercial loan concentration limits based on industry, lines of business within the commercial segment, geography and credit product type.

The risk within the commercial loan and lease portfolio is managed and monitored through an underwriting process utilizing detailed origination policies, continuous loan level reviews, monitoring of industry concentration and product type limits and continuous portfolio risk management reporting. The origination policies for commercial real estate outline the risks and underwriting requirements for owner and non-owner occupied and construction lending. Included in the policies are maturity and amortization terms, maximum LTVs, minimum debt service coverage ratios, construction loan monitoring procedures, appraisal requirements, pre-leasing requirements (as applicable) and sensitivity and pro-forma analysis requirements. The Bancorp requires a valuation of real estate collateral, which may include third-party appraisals, be performed at the time of origination and renewal in accordance with regulatory requirements and on an as needed basis when market conditions justify. Although the Bancorp does not back test these collateral value assumptions, the Bancorp maintains an appraisal review department to order and review third-party appraisals in accordance with regulatory requirements. Collateral values on criticized assets with relationships exceeding $1 million are reviewed quarterly to assess the appropriateness of the value ascribed in the assessment of charge-offs and specific reserves. In addition, the Bancorp applies incremental valuation haircuts to older appraisals that relate to collateral dependent loans, which can currently be up to 30% of the appraised value. Trends in collateral values are monitored in order to determine whether adjustments to the appraisal haircuts are warranted.

The following table provides detail on commercial loan and leases by industry classification (as defined by the North American Industry Classification System), by loan size and by state, illustrating the diversity and granularity of the Bancorp’s commercial loans and leases.

35

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

TABLE 25: Commercial Loan and Lease Portfolio (excluding loans held for sale)

	2011							2010
As of September 30 ($ in millions)	Outstanding			Exposure		Nonaccrual		Outstanding			Exposure		Nonaccrual
By industry:
Manufacturing	$	8,256			15,944		131	$	7,180			14,492		138
Real estate		6,567			7,262		338		8,632			10,045		435
Financial services and insurance		4,194			8,913		56		4,315			8,675		80
Wholesale trade		3,614			6,778		49		2,669			5,275		13
Business services		3,613			5,733		71		2,896			4,980		49
Healthcare		3,335			5,023		18		3,098			4,944		37
Retail trade		2,616			5,588		43		2,506			5,346		52
Construction		2,428			3,591		206		2,937			4,322		256
Transportation and warehousing		2,259			3,060		18		2,038			2,495		26
Mining		1,139			1,909		—		760			1,420		20
Accommodation and food		1,108			1,617		55		899			1,443		28
Communication and information		1,092			2,003		4		820			1,560		7
Other services		1,049			1,488		45		1,062			1,509		30
Entertainment and recreation		838			1,197		19		743			981		5
Public administration		596			836		—		595			881		9
Utilities		539			1,601		—		532			1,517		—
Agribusiness		475			607		81		532			677		61
Individuals		443			488		21		701			854		12
Other		8			8		—		25			134		3
Total	$	44,169			73,646		1,155	$	42,940			71,550		1,261
By loan size:
Less than $200,000		2	%		2		7		3	%		2		8
$200,000 to $1 million		9			7		22		10			8		25
$1 million to $5 million		19			15		31		23			18		33
$5 million to $10 million		13			11		12		13			11		11
$10 million to $25 million		27			26		20		24			25		21
Greater than $25 million		30			39		8		27			36		2
Total		100	%		100		100		100	%		100		100
By state:
Ohio		25	%		28		15		27	%		30		16
Michigan		14			12		18		16			13		24
Florida		8			7		18		8			7		19
Illinois		7			8		13		8			9		9
Indiana		6			5		10		6			6		4
Kentucky		4			4		4		5			4		5
North Carolina		3			3		3		3			3		1
Tennessee		3			3		2		3			3		1
Pennsylvania		2			2		1		2			2		1
All other states		28			28		16		22			23		20
Total		100	%		100		100		100	%		100		100

The Bancorp has identified certain categories of loans which it believes represent a higher level of risk compared to the rest of the Bancorp’s loan portfolio, due to economic or market conditions within the Bancorp’s key lending areas. The following tables provide analysis of each of the categories of loans (excluding loans held for sale) by state as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.

36

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

TABLE 26: Non-Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate

As of September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)									Net Charge-offs for September 30, 2011
By State:	Outstanding		Exposure		90 Days Past Due		Nonaccrual		Three Months Ended		Nine Months Ended
Ohio	$	1,980		2,096		42		72		23		53
Michigan		1,524		1,561		8		70		4		23
Florida		749		774		—		92		14		44
Illinois		436		497		—		59		19		30
Indiana		344		353		—		14		1		4
North Carolina		331		353		—		33		4		11
All other states		597		623		—		40		3		14
Total	$	5,961		6,257		50		380		68		179

TABLE 27: Non-Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate

As of September 30, 2010 ($ in millions)									Net Charge-offs for September 30, 2010
By State:	Outstanding		Exposure		90 Days Past Due		Nonaccrual		Three Months Ended		Nine Months Ended
Ohio	$	2,536		2,729		10		82		68		104
Michigan		1,835		1,905		2		98		23		95
Florida		1,103		1,146		8		158		113		170
Illinois		609		686		1		53		39		59
Indiana		422		438		1		9		17		29
North Carolina		430		461		1		52		29		53
All other states		816		872		2		37		22		47
Total	$	7,751		8,237		25		489		311		557

TABLE 28: Home Builder and Developer(a)

As of September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)									Net Charge-offs for September 30, 2011
By State:	Outstanding		Exposure		90 Days Past Due		Nonaccrual		Three Months Ended		Nine Months Ended
Ohio	$	180		252		—		18		6		21
Michigan		125		151		3		10		1		6
Florida		83		91		—		34		5		13
North Carolina		56		61		—		14		3		6
Indiana		52		62		—		10		1		2
Illinois		21		32		—		12		2		4
All other states		63		75		—		13		—		1
Total	$	580		724		3		111		18		53

(a) Home Builder and Developer loans, exclusive of commercial and industrial loans with an outstanding balance of$151 and a total exposure of$236 are also included in Table 26: Non-Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate.

TABLE 29: Home Builder and Developer(a)

As of September 30, 2010 ($ in millions)									Net Charge-offs for September 30, 2010
By State:	Outstanding		Exposure		90 Days Past Due		Nonaccrual		Three Months Ended		Nine Months Ended
Ohio	$	239		434		2		23		26		36
Michigan		165		243		—		25		12		58
Florida		137		154		1		73		48		75
North Carolina		92		103		—		16		14		31
Indiana		67		87		—		—		5		12
Illinois		35		66		—		11		11		17
All other states		89		115		—		11		11		27
Total	$	824		1,202		3		159		127		256

(a) Home Builder and Developer loans, exclusive of commercial and industrial loans with an outstanding balance of $165 and a total exposure of $436 are also included in Table 27: Non-Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate.

37

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

Consumer Portfolio

The Bancorp’s consumer portfolio is materially comprised of three categories of loans: residential mortgage, home equity, and automobile. The Bancorp has identified certain categories within these loan types which it believes represent a higher level of risk compared to the rest of the consumer loan portfolio due to high loan amount to collateral value. The Bancorp does not update LTV ratios for the consumer portfolio subsequent to origination except as part of the charge-off process for real estate secured loans.

Residential Mortgage Portfolio

The Bancorp manages credit risk in the mortgage portfolio through conservative underwriting and documentation standards and geographic and product diversification. The Bancorp may also package and sell loans in the portfolio or may purchase mortgage insurance for the loans sold in order to mitigate credit risk.

The Bancorp does not originate mortgage loans that permit customers to defer principal payments or make payments that are less than the accruing interest. The Bancorp originates both fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans. Resets of rates on adjustable rate mortgages are not expected to have a material impact on credit costs in the current interest rate environment, as approximately $1.2 billion of adjustable rate residential mortgage loans will have rate resets during the next 12 months, with less than one percent of those resets expected to experience an increase in monthly payments in comparison to the monthly payment at the time of origination.

Certain residential mortgage products have contractual features that may increase credit exposure to the Bancorp in the event of a decline in housing values. These types of mortgage products offered by the Bancorp include loans with high LTV ratios, multiple loans on the same collateral that when combined result in an LTV greater than 80% and interest-only loans. The Bancorp monitors residential mortgage loans with greater than 80% LTV ratio and no mortgage insurance as it believes these loans represent a higher level of risk. The following table provides an analysis of the residential mortgage loans outstanding by LTV at origination:

TABLE 30: Residential Mortgage Loans Outstanding by LTV at Origination

($ in millions)	September 30, 2011		Weighted Average LTV’s			December 31, 2010		Weighted Average LTV’s			September 30, 2010		Weighted Average LTV’s
LTV£ 80%	$	7,566		67.0	%		6,419		68.0	%		5,451		69.7	%
LTV > 80%, with mortgage insurance		951		93.2			871		93.0			777		93.6
LTV > 80%, no mortgage insurance		1,732		95.7			1,666		95.4			1,747		95.4
Total	$	10,249		74.2	%		8,956		75.5	%		7,975		77.6	%

The following tables provide analysis of the residential mortgage loans outstanding with a greater than 80% LTV ratio and no mortgage insurance as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

TABLE 31: Residential Mortgage Loans Outstanding, LTV Greater than 80%, No Mortgage Insurance

As of September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)							Net Charge-offs for September 30, 2011
By State:	Outstanding		90 Days Past Due		Nonaccrual		Three Months Ended		Nine Months Ended
Ohio	$	595		5		27		4		11
Michigan		299		1		15		3		10
Florida		284		2		25		6		23
North Carolina		122		1		5		5		6
Indiana		112		1		4		—		2
Illinois		106		1		3		—		1
Kentucky		83		1		2		—		1
All other states		131		1		5		3		5
Total	$	1,732		13		86		21		59

38

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

TABLE 32: Residential Mortgage Loans Outstanding, LTV Greater than 80%, No Mortgage Insurance

As of September 30, 2010 ($ in millions)							Net Charge-offs for September 30, 2010
By State:	Outstanding		90 Days Past Due		Nonaccrual		Three Months Ended		Nine Months Ended
Ohio	$	608		5		17		11		19
Michigan		319		4		8		7		18
Florida		310		5		28		23		49
North Carolina		125		2		4		—		10
Indiana		124		1		3		3		5
Kentucky		82		1		1		1		2
Illinois		55		1		1		1		3
All other states		124		1		5		4		7
Total	$	1,747		20		67		50		113

Home Equity Portfolio

The Bancorp’s home equity portfolio is primarily comprised of home equity lines of credit. The home equity line of credit offered by the Bancorp is a revolving facility with a 20-year term and does not require amortization. The home equity portfolio is managed in two primary categories: loans outstanding with a LTV greater than 80% and those loans with a LTV 80% or less based upon appraisals at origination. The carrying value of the greater than 80% LTV home equity loans and 80% or less LTV home equity loans were $4.1 billion and $6.8 billion, respectively, as of September 30, 2011. Of the total $10.9 billion of outstanding home equity loans:

• 82% reside within the Bancorp’s Midwest footprint of Ohio, Michigan, Kentucky, Indiana and Illinois

• 31% are in first lien positions and 69% are in second lien positions at September 30, 2011

• For approximately 1/3 of the home equity portfolio in a second lien position, the first lien is either owned or serviced by the Bancorp

• Over 80% of non-delinquent borrowers made at least one payment greater than the minimum payment during the three months ended September 30, 2011

• The portfolio has an average refreshed FICO score of 734 at September 30, 2011 compared to 734 at September 30, 2010

The Bancorp actively manages lines of credit and makes reductions in lending limits when it believes it is necessary based on FICO score deterioration and property devaluation. The Bancorp does not routinely obtain appraisals on performing loans to update LTV ratios after origination. However, the Bancorp monitors the local housing markets by reviewing various home price indices and incorporates the impact of the changing market conditions in its on-going credit monitoring processes.

The Bancorp believes that home equity loans with a greater than 80% combined LTV ratio present a higher level of risk. The following table provides an analysis of the home equity loans outstanding by LTV at origination:

TABLE 33: Home Equity Loans Outstanding by LTV at Origination

($ in millions)	September 30, 2011		Weighted Average LTV’s			December 31, 2010		Weighted Average LTV’s			September 30, 2010		Weighted Average LTV’s
LTV£ 80%	$	6,763		61.2	%		6,947		61.3	%		7,095		61.4	%
LTV > 80%		4,157		91.5			4,566		91.7			4,679		91.8
Total	$	10,920		73.0	%		11,513		73.4	%		11,774		73.5	%

39

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

The following tables provide analysis of these loans as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.

TABLE 34: Home Equity Loans Outstanding with LTV Greater than 80%

As of September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)									Net Charge-offs for September 30, 2011
By State:	Outstanding		Exposure		90 Days Past Due		Nonaccrual		Three Months Ended		Nine Months Ended
Ohio	$	1,436		2,131		10		7		8		25
Michigan		910		1,228		10		5		8		27
Illinois		455		636		6		2		5		13
Indiana		405		590		3		3		1		7
Kentucky		378		567		4		2		2		5
Florida		152		197		6		3		4		14
All other states		421		528		5		3		5		16
Total	$	4,157		5,877		44		25		33		107

TABLE 35: Home Equity Loans Outstanding with LTV Greater than 80%

As of September 30, 2010 ($ in millions)									Net Charge-offs for September 30, 2010
By State:	Outstanding		Exposure		90 Days Past Due		Nonaccrual		Three Months Ended		Nine Months Ended
Ohio	$	1,609		2,316		10		7		8		27
Michigan		1,022		1,342		10		6		13		39
Illinois		492		670		7		2		6		15
Indiana		465		650		3		2		2		8
Kentucky		437		482		6		4		2		7
Florida		176		276		7		4		7		16
All other states		478		675		3		2		5		20
Total	$	4,679		6,411		46		27		43		132

Automobile Portfolio

The automobile portfolio is characterized by direct and indirect lending products to consumers. As of September 30, 2011, 49% of the automobile loan portfolio is comprised of new automobiles. It is a common practice to advance on automobile loans an amount in excess of the automobile value due to the inclusion of taxes, title, and other fees paid at closing. The Bancorp monitors its exposure to these higher risk loans. The following table provides an analysis of automobile loans outstanding by LTV at origination:

TABLE 36: Automobile Loans Outstanding by LTV at Origination

($ in millions)	September 30, 2011		Weighted Average LTV’s			December 31, 2010		Weighted Average LTV’s			September 30, 2010		Weighted Average LTV’s
LTV£ 100%	$	7,568		81.8	%		6,853		81.8	%		6,582		81.8	%
LTV > 100%		4,025		111.7			4,130		112.8			4,156		113.1
Total	$	11,593		92.5	%		10,983		93.8	%		10,738		94.2	%

40

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

The following tables provide analysis of the Bancorp’s automobile loans with a LTV at origination greater than 100% as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

TABLE 37: Automobile Loans Outstanding with LTV Greater than 100%

As of September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)							Net Charge-offs for September 30, 2011
By State:	Outstanding		90 Days Past Due		Nonaccrual		Three Months Ended		Nine Months Ended
Ohio	$	429		1		—		—		2
Illinois		311		1		—		1		2
Michigan		251		—		—		1		2
Indiana		186		—		—		—		1
Florida		189		—		—		1		3
Kentucky		164		—		—		—		1
All other states		2,495		3		2		5		15
Total	$	4,025		5		2		8		26

TABLE 38: Automobile Loans Outstanding with LTV Greater than 100%

As of September 30, 2010 ($ in millions)							Net Charge-offs for September 30, 2010
By State:	Outstanding		90 Days Past Due		Nonaccrual		Three Months Ended		Nine Months Ended
Ohio	$	454		1		—		1		4
Illinois		391		1		—		1		4
Michigan		273		—		—		1		3
Indiana		217		—		—		1		3
Florida		200		1		—		1		5
Kentucky		189		—		—		1		3
All other states		2,432		4		2		6		24
Total	$	4,156		7		2		12		46

Analysis of Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of the principal and/or interest is uncertain; restructured commercial and credit card loans which have not yet met the requirements to be classified as a performing asset; restructured consumer loans which are 90 days past due based on the restructured terms unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection; and certain other assets, including OREO and other repossessed property. A summary of nonperforming assets is included in Table 40. Residential mortgage loans are typically placed on nonaccrual status when principal and interest payments have become past due 150 days unless such loans are both well secured and in the process of collection. Typically, home equity loans and leases are reported on nonaccrual status if principal or interest has been in default for 180 days or more unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Automobile and other consumer loans and leases that have become past due 120 days are classified as nonaccrual unless such loans are both well secured and in the process of collection. Credit card loans that have been modified in a TDR are classified as nonaccrual unless such loans have a sustained repayment performance of six months or greater and the Bancorp is reasonably assured of repayment in accordance with the restructured terms. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the accrual of interest, amortization of loan premiums, accretion of loan discounts and amortization or accretion of deferred net loan fees or costs are discontinued and previously accrued, but unpaid interest is reversed. Commercial loans on nonaccrual status are reviewed for impairment at least quarterly. If the principal or a portion of the principal is deemed a loss, the loss amount is charged off to the ALLL.

Total nonperforming assets, including loans held for sale, were $2.1 billion at September 30, 2011, compared to $2.5 billion at December 31, 2010 and $2.8 billion at September 30, 2010. At September 30, 2011, $197 million of nonaccrual loans, consisting primarily of real estate secured loans, were held for sale, compared to $294 million and $699 million at December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, respectively.

Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans, leases and other assets, including OREO and nonaccrual loans held for sale as of September 30, 2011 was 2.64%, compared to 3.08% as of December 31, 2010 and 3.51% as of September 30, 2010. Excluding nonaccrual loans held for sale, nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans, leases and other assets, including OREO was 2.44% as of September 30, 2011, compared to 2.79% as of December 31, 2010 and 2.72% as of September 30, 2010. The composition of nonaccrual loans and leases continues to be concentrated in real estate as 67% of nonaccrual loans and leases were secured by real estate as of September 30, 2011 compared to 66% as of December 31, 2010 and 70% as of September 30, 2010.

Commercial nonperforming loans and leases were $1.4 billion at September 30, 2011, a decrease of $156 million from December 31, 2010 and a decrease of $608 million from September 30, 2010, due to the impact of loss mitigation actions and moderation in general economic conditions. Excluding commercial nonperforming loans and leases held for sale, commercial nonperforming loans and leases at September 30, 2011 decreased $59 million compared to December 31, 2010, and decreased $106 million compared to September 30, 2010. The decrease from December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010 was due to the impact of commercial nonperforming loans that were transferred to held for

41

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

sale during the third quarter of 2010. The Bancorp transferred commercial loans with a carrying balance of $961 million, prior to transfer, to held for sale during the third quarter of 2010, of which $694 million were nonperforming. At September 30, 2011, the remaining carrying balance of these loans was $106 million.

Consumer nonperforming loans and leases were $383 million at September 30, 2011, a decrease of $83 million from December 31, 2010 and an increase of $60 million from September 30, 2010. The decrease compared to December 31, 2010 was primarily due to a $83 million decrease in other consumer loans and leases due primarily to charge-offs taken on certain consumer loans, acquired during the fourth quarter of 2010 as the result of a foreclosure on a commercial loan collateralized by individual consumer loans. These loans were fully charged off as of September 30, 2011. The increase in consumer nonperforming loans and leases compared to September 30, 2010 was primarily the result of a $51 million increase in nonperforming residential mortgage loans due to increased TDR activity. Home equity nonaccrual levels remain modest as the Bancorp continues to fully charge-off a high proportion of the severely delinquent loans at 180 days past due. Geography continues to be a large driver of nonaccrual activity as Florida properties represent approximately 17% and 8% of residential mortgage and home equity balances, respectively, but represent 46% and 14% of nonaccrual loans for each category. Consumer restructured loans on accrual status totaled $1.6 billion at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and $1.5 billion at September 30, 2010. As of September 30, 2011, redefault rates on restructured residential mortgage, home equity loans and credit card loans were 27%, 16% and 18%, respectively.

OREO and other repossessed property was $406 million at September 30, 2011, compared to $494 million at December 31, 2010 and $498 million at September 30, 2010. The decrease from December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010 was due to the sale of large OREO properties and improvements in general economic conditions during the first nine months of 2011. Properties in Michigan and Florida accounted for 42% of foreclosed real estate at September 30, 2011, compared to 49% at December 31, 2010 and 44% at September 30, 2010.

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, interest income of $31 million and $97 million, respectively, would have been recorded if the nonaccrual and renegotiated loans and leases on nonaccrual status had been current in accordance with their original terms. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, interest income of $49 million and $157 million, respectively, would have been recorded. Although these values help demonstrate the costs of carrying nonaccrual credits, the Bancorp does not expect to recover the full amount of interest as nonaccrual loans and leases are generally carried below their principal balance.

The following table provides a rollforward of portfolio nonperforming loans and leases, by portfolio segment:

TABLE 39: Rollforward of Portfolio Nonperforming Loans and Leases

For the nine months ended September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)	Commercial			Residential Mortgage			Consumer			Total
Beginning Balance - January 1, 2011	$	1,214			268			198			1,680
Transfers to nonperforming		886			295			352			1,533
Transfers to performing		(23	)		(36	)		(67	)		(126	)
Transfers to performing (restructured)		(1	)		(62	)		(68	)		(131	)
Transfers to held for sale		(89	)		—			—			(89	)
Loans sold from portfolio		(36	)		(1	)		(21	)		(58	)
Loan paydowns/payoffs		(275	)		(61	)		(11	)		(347	)
Transfers to other real estate owned		(96	)		(49	)		—			(145	)
Charge-offs		(441	)		(79	)		(282	)		(802	)
Draws/other extensions of credit		16			1			6			23
Ending Balance - September 30, 2011	$	1,155			276			107			1,538
For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 ($ in millions)
Beginning Balance - January 1, 2010	$	2,392			412			143			2,947
Transfers to nonperforming		1,396			471			339			2,206
Transfers to performing		(29	)		(55	)		(22	)		(106	)
Transfers to performing (restructured)		(10	)		(61	)		(44	)		(115	)
Transfers to held for sale		(385	)		(205	)		—			(590	)
Loans sold from portfolio		(39	)		—			—			(39	)
Loan paydowns/payoffs		(659	)		(78	)		(36	)		(773	)
Transfers to other real estate owned		(243	)		(144	)		—			(387	)
Charge-offs		(1,198	)		(133	)		(272	)		(1,603	)
Draws/other extensions of credit		36			—			8			44
Ending Balance - September 30, 2010	$	1,261			207			116			1,584

42

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

TABLE 40: Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Delinquent Loans

($ in millions)		September 30, 2011			December 31, 2010		September 30, 2010
Nonaccrual loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans		$	449			473		525
Commercial mortgage loans			354			407		464
Commercial construction loans			150			182		211
Commercial leases			13			11		30
Residential mortgage loans	��		142			152		124
Home equity			25			23		23
Automobile loans			—			1		1
Other consumer loans and leases			1			84		—
Restructured loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans			113			95		31
Commercial mortgage loans			53			28		—
Commercial construction loans			18			10		—
Commercial leases			5			8		—
Residential mortgage loans			134			116		83
Home equity			33			33		32
Automobile loans			2			2		2
Credit card			46			55		58
Total nonperforming loans and leases			1,538			1,680		1,584
OREO and other repossessed property			406			494		498
Total nonperforming assets			1,944			2,174		2,082
Nonaccrual loans held for sale			197			294		699
Total nonperforming assets including loans held for sale		$	2,141			2,468		2,781
Loans and leases 90 days past due and accruing
Commercial and industrial loans		$	9			16		29
Commercial mortgage loans			9			11		29
Commercial construction loans			44			3		5
Commercial leases			1			—		1
Residential mortgage loans(b)			91			100		111
Home equity			83			89		87
Automobile loans			9			13		13
Credit card and other			28			42		42
Total loans and leases 90 days past due and accruing		$	274			274		317
Nonperforming assets as a percent of portfolio loans, leases and other assets, including OREO(a)			2.44	%		2.79		2.72
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percent of nonperforming assets(a)			125			138		153

(a) Excludes nonaccrual loans held for sale.

(b) Information for all periods presented excludes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements to GNMA mortgage loan pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. As ofSeptember 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, these advances were$291, $284, and $215, respectively. The Bancorp recognized immaterial credit losses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and credit losses of $1 million and $2 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, due to claim denials and curtailments associated with these advances.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

If a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, the Bancorp may consider, in certain circumstances, modifying the terms of their loan to maximize collection of amounts due. Typically, these modifications reduce the loan interest rate, extend the loan term, or in limited circumstances, reduce the principal balance of the loan. These modifications are classified as TDRs.

At the time of modification, the Bancorp maintains certain consumer loan TDRs (including residential mortgage loans, home equity loans, and other consumer loans) on accrual status, provided there is reasonable assurance of repayment and performance according to the modified terms based upon a current, well-documented credit evaluation. Commercial loan TDRs and credit card TDRs are classified as nonaccrual loans and are typically returned to accrual status upon a six month period of sustained performance under the restructured terms. These approaches are consistent with published guidance from regulatory agencies. The following table summarizes TDRs by loan type and delinquency status.

43

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

TABLE 41: Performing and Nonperforming TDRs

	Performing
As of September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)	Current		30-89 Days Past Due		90 Days or More Past Due		Nonaccrual		Total
Commercial	$	347		—		—		189	$	536
Residential mortgages(a)		979		67		57		134		1,237
Home equity		375		39		—		33		447
Credit card		44		—		—		46		90
Other consumer		39		3		—		2		44
Total	$	1,784		109		57		404	$	2,354

(a) Information includes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. As of September 30, 2011, these advances represented $56 of current loans, $13 of 30-89 days past due loans and $33 of 90 days or more past due loans.

Analysis of Net Loan Charge-offs

Net charge-offs were 132 bp and 160 bp of average loans and leases for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to 495 and 341 bp for the same prior year periods. Table 42 provides a summary of credit loss experience and net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding by loan category.

The ratio of commercial loan and lease net charge-offs to average commercial loans and leases decreased to 130 bp and 141 bp during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to 566 bp and 359 bp during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, as the result of decreases in net charge-offs of $491 million and $751 million, respectively, compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010. Decreases in net charge-offs were realized across all commercial loan types and were primarily due to improvements in general economic conditions and previous actions taken by the Bancorp to address problem loans. Actions taken by the Bancorp include suspending homebuilder and developer lending in 2007 and non-owner occupied commercial real estate lending in 2008 and tightened underwriting standards across all commercial loan product offerings. In addition, the Bancorp implemented other loss mitigation strategies that included the previously mentioned sale of troubled loans during the third quarter of 2010. Net charge-offs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 included $68 million and $179 million, respectively, related to non-owner occupied commercial real estate, compared to $311 million and $557 million, respectively, during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010. Net charge-offs related to non-owner occupied commercial real estate are recorded in the commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans captions in Table 42. Net charge-offs on these loans represented 50% of total commercial loan and lease net charge-offs during the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. Net charge-offs on these loans represented 41% and 47%, respectively, of total commercial loan and lease net charge-offs during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.

The ratio of consumer loan and lease net charge-offs to average consumer loans and leases decreased to 189 bp and 216 bp during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to 400 bp and 317 bp during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, primarily as the result of decreases in net charge offs of $203 million and $288 million, respectively, compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010. Residential mortgage loan net charge-offs decreased $168 million and $241 million, respectively, from three and nine months ended September 30, 2010 as a result of $123 million in net charge-offs that were recorded on residential mortgage portfolio loans sold during the third quarter of 2010. Additionally, the decrease in residential mortgage loan net charge-offs is due to improvements in delinquencies and a decrease in the average loss recorded per charge-off. The Bancorp’s Florida and Michigan markets accounted for 66% and 62% of net charge-offs on residential mortgage loans in the portfolio during the third quarter of 2011 and 2010, respectively. Fifth Third expects the composition of the residential mortgage portfolio to improve as it continues to retain high quality, shorter duration residential mortgage loans that are originated through its branch network as a low-cost, refinance product of conforming residential mortgage loans.

Home equity net charge-offs decreased $13 million and $32 million, respectively, compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, primarily due to decreases in net charge-offs in the Michigan market and reduced net charge-offs of brokered home equity products. Management responded to the performance of the brokered home equity portfolio by eliminating this channel of origination in 2007. In addition, management actively manages lines of credit and makes reductions in lending limits when it believes it is necessary based on FICO score deterioration and property devaluation.

Automobile loan net charge-offs decreased $5 million and $30 million, respectively, compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, due to the origination of high credit quality loans as a result of tighter underwriting standards and higher resale on automobiles sold at auction.

Credit card net charge-offs decreased $18 million and $46 million, respectively, compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, reflecting improving delinquency trends, aggressive line management, and stabilization in unemployment levels. The Bancorp utilizes a risk-adjusted pricing methodology to ensure adequate compensation is received for those products that have higher credit costs.

Other consumer loan net charge-offs increased $1 million and $61 million, respectively, compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010 due to charge-offs associated with certain consumer loans that were acquired during the fourth quarter of 2010 when the

44

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

Bancorp foreclosed on a commercial loan that was collateralized by individual consumer loans. These loans were fully charged off as of September 30, 2011.

TABLE 42: Summary of Credit Loss Experience

	For the three months ended September 30,						For the nine months ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010
Losses charged off:
Commercial and industrial loans	$	(62	)		(247	)		(238	)		(533	)
Commercial mortgage loans		(49	)		(271	)		(158	)		(458	)
Commercial construction loans		(35	)		(126	)		(83	)		(251	)
Commercial leases		—			(1	)		(1	)		(5	)
Residential mortgage loans		(38	)		(205	)		(142	)		(379	)
Home equity		(56	)		(69	)		(179	)		(208	)
Automobile loans		(19	)		(27	)		(65	)		(104	)
Credit card		(26	)		(38	)		(89	)		(129	)
Other consumer loans and leases		(9	)		(8	)		(79	)		(19	)
Total losses		(294	)		(992	)		(1,034	)		(2,086	)
Recoveries of losses previously charged off:
Commercial and industrial loans		7			10			23			31
Commercial mortgage loans		2			3			10			14
Commercial construction loans		—			5			3			9
Commercial leases		1			—			3			1
Residential mortgage loans		2			1			5			1
Home equity		3			3			11			8
Automobile loans		7			10			25			34
Credit card		8			2			13			7
Other consumer loans and leases		2			2			8			9
Total recoveries		32			36			101			114
Net losses charged off:
Commercial and industrial loans		(55	)		(237	)		(215	)		(502	)
Commercial mortgage loans		(47	)		(268	)		(148	)		(444	)
Commercial construction loans		(35	)		(121	)		(80	)		(242	)
Commercial leases		1			(1	)		2			(4	)
Residential mortgage loans		(36	)		(204	)		(137	)		(378	)
Home equity		(53	)		(66	)		(168	)		(200	)
Automobile loans		(12	)		(17	)		(40	)		(70	)
Credit card		(18	)		(36	)		(76	)		(122	)
Other consumer loans and leases		(7	)		(6	)		(71	)		(10	)
Total net losses charged off	$	(262	)		(956	)		(933	)		(1,972	)
Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases (excluding held for sale):
Commercial and industrial loans		0.76	%		3.57			1.02	%		2.55
Commercial mortgage loans		1.86			9.34			1.91			5.13
Commercial construction loans		7.90			16.58			5.68			9.96
Commercial leases		(0.12	)		0.10			(0.11	)		0.18
Total commercial loans		1.30			5.66			1.41			3.59
Residential mortgage loans		1.41			10.37			1.89			6.41
Home equity		1.89			2.19			2.02			2.20
Automobile loans		0.41			0.65			0.48			0.90
Credit card		3.86			7.68			5.50			8.66
Other consumer loans and leases		6.67			3.88			17.42			2.06
Total consumer loans and leases		1.89			4.00			2.16			3.17
Total net losses charged off		1.32	%		4.95			1.60	%		3.41

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses is comprised of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. The ALLL provides coverage for probable and estimable losses in the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp evaluates the ALLL each quarter to determine its adequacy to cover inherent losses. Several factors are taken into consideration in the determination of the overall ALLL, including an unallocated component. These factors include, but are not limited to, the overall risk profile of the loan and lease portfolios, net charge-off experience, the

45

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

extent of impaired loans and leases, the level of nonaccrual loans and leases, the level of 90 days past due loans and leases and the overall percentage level of the ALLL. The Bancorp also considers overall asset quality trends, credit administration and portfolio management practices, risk identification practices, credit policy and underwriting practices, overall portfolio growth, portfolio concentrations and current national and local economic conditions that might impact the portfolio. The Bancorp’s ALLL methodology includes quarterly quantitative adjustments to historical loss factors for real estate backed loans to reflect changes in the Bancorp’s portfolio mix, trends in origination LTV ratios for residential mortgage and home equity loans and changes in real estate prices. The Bancorp also considers the volatility of collateral valuation trends when determining the unallocated component of the ALLL. More information on the ALLL can be found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis – Critical Accounting Policies in the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

TABLE 43: Changes in Allowance for Credit Losses

	For the three months ended September 30,						For the nine months ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010
ALLL:
Balance, beginning of period	$	2,614			3,693			3,004			3,749
Impact of change in accounting principle		—			—			—			45
Losses charged off		(294	)		(992	)		(1,034	)		(2,086	)
Recoveries of losses previously charged off		32			36			101			114
Provision for loan and lease losses		87			457			368			1,372
Balance, end of period	$	2,439			3,194			2,439			3,194
Reserve for unfunded commitments:
Balance, beginning of period	$	197			254			227			294
Impact of change in accounting principle		—			—			—			(43	)
Provision for loan and lease losses		(10	)		(23	)		(40	)		(20	)
Balance, end of period	$	187			231			187			231

In 2011, the Bancorp did not substantively change any material aspect of its overall approach in the determination of the ALLL and there have been no material changes in assumptions or estimation techniques as compared to prior periods that impacted the determination of the current period allowance. In addition to the ALLL, the Bancorp maintains a reserve for unfunded commitments recorded in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The methodology used to determine the adequacy of this reserve is similar to the Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL. The provision for unfunded commitments is included in other noninterest expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

Certain inherent, but unconfirmed losses are probable within the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp’s current methodology for determining the level of losses is based on historical loss rates, current credit grades, specific allocation on impaired commercial credits above specified thresholds and other qualitative adjustments. Due to the heavy reliance on realized historical losses and the credit grade rating process, the model-derived required reserves tend to slightly lag behind the deterioration in the portfolio, in a stable or deteriorating credit environment, and tend not to be as responsive when improved conditions have presented themselves. Given these model limitations, the qualitative adjustment factors may be incremental or decremental to the quantitative model results.

An unallocated component to the ALLL is maintained to recognize the imprecision in estimating and measuring loss. The unallocated allowance as a percent of total portfolio loans and leases at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was 0.19% compared to 0.21% as of September 30, 2010. The unallocated allowance increased from five percent at December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010 to six percent of the total allowance for September 30, 2011. The increase in the unallocated allowance as a percentage of the total allowance was driven by additional sustained market volatility in the U.S. markets that has provided indications that loss events may be occurring at a rate greater than the rate captured within the Bancorp’s model.

As shown in Table 44, the ALLL as a percent of the total loan and lease portfolio was 3.08% at September 30, 2011, compared to 3.88% at December 31, 2010 and 4.20% at September 30, 2010. The ALLL was $2.4 billion as of September 30, 2011, compared to $3.0 billion at December 31, 2010 and $3.2 billion at September 30, 2010. The decrease is reflective of a number of factors including decreases in net charge-offs, nonperforming loans and leases and signs of moderation in general economic conditions during 2010 and into 2011.

The Bancorp’s determination of the ALLL for commercial loans is sensitive to the risk grades it assigns to these loans. In the event that 10% of commercial loans in each risk category would experience a downgrade of one risk category, the allowance for commercial loans would increase by approximately $138 million at September 30, 2011. In addition, the Bancorp’s determination of the allowance for residential and consumer loans is sensitive to changes in estimated loss rates. In the event that estimated loss rates would increase by 10%, the allowance for residential and consumer loans would increase by approximately $63 million at September 30, 2011. As several qualitative and quantitative factors are considered in determining the ALLL, these sensitivity analyses do not necessarily reflect the nature and extent of future changes in the ALLL. They are intended to provide insights into the impact of adverse changes to risk grades and estimated loss rates and do not imply

46

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

any expectation of future deterioration in the risk ratings or loss rates. Given current processes employed by the Bancorp, management believes the risk grades and estimated loss rates currently assigned are appropriate.

The Bancorp continually reviews its credit administration and loan and lease portfolio and makes changes based on the performance of its products. As previously discussed, management discontinued the origination of brokered home equity products at the end of 2007, suspended homebuilder lending in 2007 and new commercial non-owner occupied real estate lending in 2008, and tightened underwriting standards across both the commercial and consumer loan product offerings.

TABLE 44: Attribution of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to Portfolio Loans and Leases

($ in millions)	September 30, 2011			December 31, 2010		September 30, 2010
Allowance attributed to:
Commercial and industrial loans	$	1,013			1,123		1,222
Commercial mortgage loans		473			597		657
Commercial construction loans		79			158		218
Commercial leases		84			111		106
Residential mortgage loans		233			310		296
Home equity		209			265		261
Automobile loans		57			73		84
Credit card		119			158		168
Other consumer loans and leases		23			59		21
Unallocated		149			150		161
Total ALLL	$	2,439			3,004		3,194
Portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans	$	29,258			27,191		26,302
Commercial mortgage loans		10,330			10,845		10,985
Commercial construction loans		1,213			2,048		2,349
Commercial leases		3,368			3,378		3,304
Residential mortgage loans		10,249			8,956		7,975
Home equity		10,920			11,513		11,774
Automobile loans		11,593			10,983		10,738
Credit card		1,878			1,896		1,832
Other consumer loans and leases		407			681		750
Total portfolio loans and leases	$	79,216			77,491		76,009
Attributed allowance as a percent of respective portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans		3.46	%		4.13		4.65
Commercial mortgage loans		4.58			5.50		5.98
Commercial construction loans		6.51			7.71		9.28
Commercial leases		2.49			3.29		3.21
Residential mortgage loans		2.27			3.35		3.71
Home equity		1.91			2.30		2.22
Automobile loans		0.49			0.66		0.78
Credit card		6.34			8.33		9.17
Other consumer loans and leases		5.65			8.66		2.80
Unallocated (as a percent of total portfolio loans and leases)		0.19			0.19		0.21
Total portfolio loans and leases		3.08	%		3.88		4.20

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

Market risk arises from the potential for market fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices that may result in potential reductions in net income. Interest rate risk, a component of market risk, is the exposure to adverse changes in net interest income or financial position due to changes in interest rates. Management considers interest rate risk a prominent market risk in terms of its potential impact on earnings. Interest rate risk can occur for any one or more of the following reasons:

• Assets and liabilities may mature or reprice at different times;

• Short-term and long-term market interest rates may change by different amounts; or

• The expected maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change.

In addition to the direct impact of interest rate changes on net interest income, interest rates can indirectly impact earnings through their effect on loan demand, credit losses, mortgage originations, the value of servicing rights and other sources of the Bancorp’s earnings. Stability of

47

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

the Bancorp’s net income is largely dependent upon the effective management of interest rate risk. Management continually reviews the Bancorp’s balance sheet composition and earnings flows and models the interest rate risk, and possible actions to reduce this risk, given numerous possible future interest rate scenarios.

Net Interest Income Simulation Model

The Bancorp utilizes a variety of measurement techniques to identify and manage its interest rate risk, including the use of an NII simulation model to analyze the sensitivity of net interest income to changing interest rates. The model is based on contractual and assumed cash flows and repricing characteristics for all of the Bancorp’s financial instruments and incorporates market-based assumptions regarding the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment rates of certain assets and liabilities. The model also includes senior management’s projections of the future volume and pricing of each of the product lines offered by the Bancorp as well as other pertinent assumptions. Actual results may differ from these simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies.

The Bancorp’s Executive ALCO, which includes senior management representatives and is accountable to the Enterprise Risk Management Committee, monitors and manages interest rate risk within Board approved policy limits. In addition to the risk management activities of ALCO, the Bancorp has a Market Risk Management function as part of ERM that provides independent oversight of market risk activities. The Bancorp’s interest rate risk exposure is currently evaluated by measuring the anticipated change in net interest income over 12-month and 24-month horizons assuming a 100 bp parallel ramped increase and a 200 bp parallel ramped increase in interest rates. The Fed Funds interest rate, targeted by the Federal Reserve at a range of 0% to 0.25%, is currently set at a level that would be negative in parallel ramped decrease scenarios; therefore, those scenarios were omitted from the interest rate risk analyses at September 30, 2011. In accordance with the current policy, the rate movements are assumed to occur over one year and are sustained thereafter.

At September 30, 2011, the Bancorp’s interest rate risk profile reflects slight asset sensitivity in year one with increased asset sensitivity in year two. Table 45 shows the Bancorp’s estimated net interest income sensitivity profile and ALCO policy limits as of September 30, 2011:

TABLE 45: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile

	Percent Change in NII (FTE)					ALCO Policy Limits
Change in Interest Rates (bp)	12 Months			13 to 24 Months		12 Months			13 to 24 Months
+200		0.34	%		5.97		(5.00	)		(7.00	)
+100		0.07			2.78		—			—

Economic Value of Equity

The Bancorp also utilizes EVE as a measurement tool in managing interest rate risk. Whereas the net interest income simulation model highlights exposures over a relatively short time horizon, the EVE analysis incorporates all cash flows over the estimated remaining life of all balance sheet and derivative positions. The EVE of the balance sheet, at a point in time, is defined as the discounted present value of asset and net derivative cash flows less the discounted value of liability cash flows. The sensitivity of EVE to changes in the level of interest rates is a measure of longer-term interest rate risk. EVE values only the current balance sheet and does not incorporate the growth assumptions used in the earnings simulation model. As with the earnings simulation model, assumptions about the timing and variability of existing balance sheet cash flows are critical in the EVE analysis. Particularly important are assumptions driving prepayments and the expected changes in balances and pricing of transaction deposit portfolios.

The following table shows the Bancorp’s EVE sensitivity profile as of September 30, 2011:

TABLE 46: Estimated EVE Sensitivity Profile

Change in Interest Rates (bp)	Change in EVE			ALCO Policy Limits
+200		0.42	%		(15.00	)
+100		0.65
+25		0.21
-25		(0.31	)

The EVE at risk profile suggests slight asset sensitivity from market rate increases through the +200 bp scenario. While an instantaneous shift in interest rates is used in this analysis to provide an estimate of exposure, the Bancorp believes that a gradual shift in interest rates would have a much more modest impact. Since EVE measures the discounted present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in EVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (e.g., the current fiscal year). Further, EVE does not take into account factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships and changing product spreads that could mitigate the adverse impact of changes in interest rates. The NII simulation and EVE analyses do not necessarily include certain actions that management may undertake to manage this risk in response to anticipated changes in interest rates.

48

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

The Bancorp regularly evaluates its exposures to LIBOR and Prime basis risks, nonparallel shifts in the yield curve and embedded options risk. In addition, the impact on NII and EVE of extreme changes in interest rates is modeled, wherein the Bancorp employs the use of yield curve shocks and environment-specific scenarios.

Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk

An integral component of the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management strategy is its use of derivative instruments to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. Examples of derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use as part of its interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate floors, interest rate caps, forward contracts, principal only swaps, options, swaptions and TBA’s.

As part of its overall risk management strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity, the Bancorp enters into forward contracts accounted for as free-standing derivatives to economically hedge interest rate lock commitments that are also considered free-standing derivatives. Additionally, the Bancorp economically hedges its exposure to mortgage loans held for sale through the use of forward contracts and mortgage options.

The Bancorp also establishes derivative contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge significant exposures assumed in commercial customer accommodation derivative contracts. Generally, these contracts have similar terms in order to protect the Bancorp from market volatility. Credit risk arises from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts, which the Bancorp minimizes through collateral arrangements, approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. For further information including the notional amount and fair values of these derivatives, see Note 11 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Portfolio Loans and Leases and Interest Rate Risk

Although the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases contain both fixed and floating/adjustable rate products, the rates of interest earned by the Bancorp on the outstanding balances are generally established for a period of time. The interest rate sensitivity of loans and leases is directly related to the length of time the rate earned is established. Table 47 summarizes the expected principal cash flows of the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases as of September 30, 2011. Additionally, Table 48 displays a summary of expected principal cash flows occurring after one year for both fixed and floating/adjustable rate loans, as of September 30, 2011.

TABLE 47: Portfolio Loan and Lease Contractual Maturities

($ in millions)	Less than 1 year		1-5 years		Over 5 years		Total
Commercial and industrial loans	$	9,036		17,465		2,757		29,258
Commercial mortgage loans		4,702		4,952		676		10,330
Commercial construction loans		744		265		204		1,213
Commercial leases		513		1,371		1,484		3,368
Subtotal - commercial loans and leases		14,995		24,053		5,121		44,169
Residential mortgage loans		2,613		5,066		2,570		10,249
Home equity		1,853		4,140		4,927		10,920
Automobile loans		4,791		6,533		269		11,593
Credit card		525		1,353		—		1,878
Other consumer loans and leases		298		104		5		407
Subtotal - consumer loans and leases		10,080		17,196		7,771		35,047
Total	$	25,075		41,249		12,892		79,216

TABLE 48: Portfolio Loan and Lease Principal Cash Flows Occurring After One Year

	Interest Rate
($ in millions)	Fixed		Floating or Adjustable
Commercial and industrial loans	$	3,422		16,800
Commercial mortgage loans		1,502		4,126
Commercial construction loans		198		271
Commercial leases		2,855		—
Subtotal - commercial loans and leases		7,977		21,197
Residential mortgage loans		5,547		2,089
Home equity		1,086		7,981
Automobile loans		6,744		58
Credit card		624		729
Other consumer loans and leases		43		66
Subtotal - consumer loans and leases		14,044		10,923
Total	$	22,021		32,120

49

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights and Interest Rate Risk

The net carrying amount of the residential MSR portfolio was $662 million, $822 million and $599 million as of September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, respectively. The value of servicing rights can fluctuate sharply depending on changes in interest rates and other factors. Generally, as interest rates decline and loans are prepaid to take advantage of refinancing, the total value of existing servicing rights declines because no further servicing fees are collected on repaid loans. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity in order to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the value of its MSR portfolio as a result of changing interest rates.

Mortgage rates decreased during the third quarter of both 2011 and 2010. These decreases caused modeled prepayment speeds to increase, which led to $201 million in temporary impairment on servicing rights during the three months ended September 30, 2011, compared to $83 million in temporary impairment during the three months ended September 30, 2010. Servicing rights are deemed temporarily impaired when a borrower’s loan rate is distinctly higher than prevailing rates. Temporary impairment on servicing rights is reversed when the prevailing rates return to a level commensurate with the borrower’s loan rate. Offsetting the mortgage servicing rights valuation, the Bancorp recognized net gains of $235 million on its non-qualifying hedging strategy for the three months ended September 30, 2011, compared to net gains of $129 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010. Net gains on the sale of securities related to the Bancorp’s non-qualifying hedging strategy were $6 million during the third quarter of 2011 and were immaterial during the third quarter of 2010. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Bancorp assessed the composition of its MSR portfolio, the cost of hedging and the anticipated effectiveness of the hedges given the economic environment. Based on this review, the Bancorp adjusted its MSR hedging strategy to exclude the hedging of MSRs related to certain mortgage loans originated in 2008 and prior, representing approximately 29% of the carrying value of the MSR portfolio as of September 30, 2011. The prepayment behavior of these loans is expected to be less sensitive to changes in interest rates as borrower credit characteristics and home price values have a greater impact based on changes in the market and underwriting environment. Thus, the predictive power of traditional prepayment models on these loans may not be reliable, which reduces the effectiveness of interest rate based hedge strategies. The Bancorp is exposed to prepayment risk on these loans in the event borrowers refinance at higher than expected levels due to government intervention or other factors. The Bancorp continues to monitor the performance of these MSRs and may decide to hedge this portion of the MSR portfolio in future periods. See Note 10 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on servicing rights and the instruments used to hedge interest rate risk on MSRs.

Foreign Currency Risk

The Bancorp may enter into foreign exchange derivative contracts to economically hedge certain foreign denominated loans. The derivatives are classified as free-standing instruments with the revaluation gain or loss being recorded in other noninterest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The balance of the Bancorp’s foreign denominated loans at September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010 was $392 million, $283 million and $332 million, respectively. The Bancorp also enters into foreign exchange contracts for the benefit of commercial customers involved in international trade to hedge their exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. The Bancorp has internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not being taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of currency volatility and credit equivalent exposure on these contracts, counterparty credit approvals and country limits.

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

The goal of liquidity management is to provide adequate funds to meet changes in loan and lease demand, unexpected levels of deposit withdrawals and other contractual obligations. Mitigating liquidity risk is accomplished by maintaining liquid assets in the form of investment securities, maintaining sufficient unused borrowing capacity in the debt markets and delivering consistent growth in core deposits. A summary of certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts is included in Note 13 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp maintains a contingency funding plan that assesses the liquidity needs under various scenarios of market conditions, asset growth and credit rating downgrades. The plan includes liquidity stress testing which measures various sources and uses of funds under the different scenarios. The contingency plan provides for ongoing monitoring of unused borrowing capacity and available sources of contingent liquidity to prepare for unexpected liquidity needs and to cover unanticipated events that could affect liquidity.

Sources of Funds

The Bancorp’s primary sources of funds relate to cash flows from loan and lease repayments, payments from securities related to sales and maturities, the sale or securitization of loans and leases and funds generated by core deposits, in addition to the use of public and private debt offerings.

Projected contractual maturities from loan and lease repayments are included in Table 47 of the Market Risk Management section of MD&A. Of the $16.2 billion of securities in the Bancorp’s available-for-sale portfolio at September 30, 2011, $4.8 billion in principal and interest is expected to be received in the next 12 months and an additional $3.0 billion is expected to be received in the next 13 to 24 months. For further information on the Bancorp’s securities portfolio, see the Investment Securities section of MD&A.

Asset-driven liquidity is provided by the Bancorp’s ability to sell or securitize loan and lease assets. In order to reduce the exposure to interest rate fluctuations and to manage liquidity, the Bancorp has developed securitization and sale procedures for several types of interest-sensitive assets. A majority of the long-term, fixed-rate single-family residential mortgage loans underwritten according to FHLMC or

50

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

FNMA guidelines are sold for cash upon origination. Additional assets such as jumbo fixed-rate residential mortgages, certain commercial loans, home equity loans, automobile loans and other consumer loans are also capable of being securitized or sold. The Bancorp sold loans totaling $3.3 billion and $10.0 billion, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Bancorp sold loans totaling $4.7 billion and $12.1 billion, respectively. For further information on the transfer of financial assets, see Note 10 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Core deposits have historically provided the Bancorp with a sizeable source of relatively stable and low cost funds. The Bancorp’s average core deposits and shareholders’ equity funded 80% of its average total assets for the third quarter of 2011 compared to 81% for the fourth quarter of 2010 and 80% for the third quarter of 2010. In addition to core deposit funding, the Bancorp also accesses a variety of other short-term and long-term funding sources, which include the use of the FHLB system. Certificates of deposit carrying a balance of $100,000 or more and deposits in the Bancorp’s foreign branch located in the Cayman Islands are wholesale funding tools utilized to fund asset growth. Management does not rely on any one source of liquidity and manages availability in response to changing balance sheet needs.

The Bancorp has a shelf registration in place with the SEC permitting ready access to the public debt markets and qualifies as a “well-known seasoned issuer” under SEC rules. As of September 30, 2011, $6.1 billion of debt or other securities were available for issuance from this shelf registration under the current Bancorp’s Board of Directors’ authorizations; however, access to these markets may depend on market conditions. The Bancorp also has $19.0 billion of funding available for issuance through private offerings of debt securities pursuant to its bank note program and currently has approximately $27.5 billion of borrowing capacity available through secured borrowing sources including the FHLB and FRB.

On January 25, 2011, the Bancorp raised $1.7 billion in new common equity through the issuance of 121,428,572 shares of common stock in an underwritten offering at an initial price of $14.00 per share. Additionally, on January 25, 2011, the Bancorp sold $1.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of 3.625% Senior Notes due January 25, 2016. Notes 12 and 18 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements provide additional information regarding the Senior Notes and common equity offerings, respectively.

Credit Ratings

The cost and availability of financing to the Bancorp are impacted by its credit ratings. A downgrade to the Bancorp’s credit ratings could affect its ability to access the credit markets and increase its borrowing costs, thereby adversely impacting the Bancorp’s financial condition and liquidity. Key factors in maintaining high credit ratings include a stable and diverse earnings stream, strong credit quality, strong capital ratios and diverse funding sources, in addition to disciplined liquidity monitoring procedures.

As of November 9, 2011, the Bancorp had senior debt credit ratings of “Baa1” with Moody’s, “BBB” with Standard & Poor’s, “A-” with Fitch Ratings and “A (low)” with DBRS, Ltd. These ratings reflect the ratings agencies view on the Bancorp’s capacity to meet financial commitments. * Additional information on senior debt credit ratings is as follows:

• Moody’s “Baa1” rating is considered a medium-grade obligation and is the fourth highest ranking within its overall classification system;

• Standard & Poor’s “BBB” rating indicates the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment is adequate and is the fourth highest ranking within its overall classification system;

• Fitch Ratings’ “A-” rating is considered high credit quality and is the third highest ranking within its overall classification system; and

• DBRS Ltd.’s “A (low)” rating is considered satisfactory credit quality and is the third highest ranking within its overall classification system.

* As an investor, you should be aware that a security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, that it may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization and that each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

Management regularly reviews the Bancorp’s capital position to help ensure it is appropriately positioned under various operating environments. The Bancorp has established a Capital Committee, which is responsible for all capital related decisions. The Capital Committee makes recommendations to management involving capital actions. These recommendations are reviewed and approved by the Enterprise Risk Management Committee.

2011 Capital Actions

On January 25, 2011, the Bancorp raised $1.7 billion in new common equity through the issuance of 121,428,572 shares of common stock in an underwritten offering at an initial price of $14.00 per share. On January 24, 2011, the underwriters exercised their option to purchase an additional 12,142,857 shares at the offering price of $14.00 per share. In connection with this exercise, the Bancorp elected that all such additional shares be sold and the Bancorp entered into a forward sale agreement which resulted in a final net payment of 959,821 shares on February 4, 2011.

51

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

On February 2, 2011, the Bancorp redeemed all 136,320 shares of its Series F Preferred Stock held by the U.S. Treasury totaling $3.4 billion. The Bancorp used the net proceeds from the common stock and senior notes offerings previously discussed and other funds to redeem the Series F Preferred Stock. In connection with the redemption of the Series F Preferred Stock, the Bancorp accelerated the accretion of the remaining issuance discount on the Series F Preferred Stock and recorded a corresponding reduction in retained earnings of $153 million. In addition, dividends of $15 million were paid on February 2, 2011 when the Series F Preferred Stock was redeemed.

On March 16, 2011, the Bancorp repurchased the warrant issued to the U.S. Treasury under the CPP for $280 million, which was recorded as a reduction to capital surplus in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

On March 18, 2011, the Bancorp announced that the Federal Reserve Board did not object to the Bancorp’s capital plan submitted under the Federal Reserve’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review. Pursuant to this plan, during June of 2011, the Bancorp redeemed certain trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities redeemed related to the Fifth Third Capital Trust VII redeemed on June 15, 2011 with a principal balance of $400 million, First National Bankshares Statutory Trust I redeemed on June 30, 2011 with a principal balance of $40 million and R&G Capital Trust II, LLT redeemed on June 26, 2011 with a principal balance of $10 million. The trust preferred securities were a component of Tier I capital: however, these securities are being phased out of Tier I capital by the Dodd-Frank Act as discussed below.

Pursuant to the Bancorp’s capital plan discussed above, the Bancorp redeemed certain trust preferred securities on September 19, 2011, totaling $40 million, which related to the R&G Crown Cap Trust IV and First National Bankshares Statutory Trust II.

Capital Ratios

The U.S banking agencies established quantitative measures that assign risk weightings to assets and off-balance sheet items and also define and set minimum regulatory capital requirements. The U.S. banking agencies define “well-capitalized” ratios for Tier I and total risk-based capital as 6% and 10%, respectively. The Bancorp exceeded these “well-capitalized” ratios for all periods presented.

The Basel II advanced approach framework was finalized by U.S. banking agencies in 2007. Core banks, defined as those with consolidated total assets in excess of $250 billion or on balance sheet foreign exposures of $10 billion were required to adopt the advanced approach effective April 1, 2008. The Bancorp is not subject to the requirements of Basel II.

The 19 large bank holding companies assessed under SCAP were required to demonstrate that they met the 4% Tier I common equity ratio threshold for the period evaluated in the SCAP. The Bancorp exceeded this threshold for all periods presented. The Bancorp’s Tier I common equity ratio was 9.33% as of September 30, 2011, compared to 7.48% and 7.34% as of December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, respectively. The Bancorp manages the adequacy of its capital, including Tier I common equity, by conducting ongoing internal stress tests and ensuring the results are properly considered in capital planning. It is the intent of the Bancorp’s capital planning process to ensure that the Bancorp’s capital positions remain in excess of well-capitalized standards and any other regulatory requirements.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires more stringent prudential standards, including capital and liquidity requirements, for larger institutions. It addresses the quality of capital components by limiting the degree to which certain hybrid instruments can be included. The Dodd-Frank Act will phase out the inclusion of certain trust preferred securities as a component of Tier I capital beginning January 1, 2013. At September 30, 2011, the Bancorp’s Tier I capital included $2.3 billion of trust preferred securities representing approximately 221 bp of risk-weighted assets.

In December of 2010 and revised in June of 2011, the Basel Committee issued Basel III, a global regulatory framework, to enhance the international capital standards. It imposes a stricter definition of capital, with greater reliance on common equity and sets higher minimum capital requirements. It creates a new capital measure, Tier I common equity, which proposes changes to the current calculation of the Tier I common equity ratio by the Bancorp and several other financial institutions. The U.S. banking agencies are in the process of developing rules to implement the new capital standards as part of the Collins Amendment within the Dodd-Frank Act. Management believes that the Bancorp’s capital levels will continue to exceed U.S. “well-capitalized” standards, including the adoption of U.S. rules that incorporate changes under Basel III, to the extent applicable.

On November 17, 2010, the FRB issued a revised temporary addendum to Supervision and Regulation letter 09-4, “Dividend Increases and Other Capital Distributions for the 19 Supervisory Capital Assessment Program Firms.” This letter required 19 financial institutions, including the Bancorp, to undergo a review of their capital planning processes and plans regarding capital redistribution and absorption activity. As part of this review, the Bancorp was required to submit a comprehensive capital plan in January 2011 that demonstrated its ability to withstand losses under “adverse” economic conditions over the next two years. The Bancorp submitted the required documentation in accordance with the regulatory timeline. The results of this assessment process were not made public. As previously discussed, on March 18, 2011, the Bancorp announced that the FRB did not object to the Bancorp’s proposed capital plan, which, in addition to the possible future redemption of certain trust preferred securities, included an increase in the quarterly dividend on its common shares in the first quarter of 2011. As a result, on March 22, 2011, the Bancorp declared a first quarter 2011 cash dividend on its common shares of $.06, an increase of $.05 from its fourth quarter of 2010 dividend rate.

52

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

TABLE 49: Capital Ratios

($ in millions)	September 30, 2011			December 31, 2010		September 30, 2010
Average equity as a percent of average assets		11.33	%		12.52		12.38
Tangible equity as a percent of tangible assets(a)		8.98			10.42		10.04
Tangible common equity as a percent of tangible assets(a)		8.63			7.04		6.70
Tier I capital	$	12,266			13,965		13,698
Total risk-based capital		16,663			18,178		18,077
Risk-weighted assets(b)		102,562			100,561		98,904
Regulatory capital ratios:
Tier I capital		11.96	%		13.89		13.85
Total risk-based capital		16.25			18.08		18.28
Tier I leverage		11.08			12.79		12.54
Tier I common equity(a)		9.33			7.48		7.34

(a) For further information on these ratios, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of the MD&A.

(b) Under the banking agencies’ risk-based capital guidelines, assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet exposures are assigned to broad risk categories. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is multiplied by the associated risk weight of the category. The resulting weighted values are added together resulting in the Bancorp’s total risk-weighted assets.

Dividend Policy and Stock Repurchase Program

The Bancorp’s common stock dividend policy and stock repurchase program reflect its earnings outlook, desired payout ratios, the need to maintain adequate capital levels, the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends, the need to comply with safe and sound banking practices as well as meet regulatory requirements and expectations. The Bancorp declared dividends per common share of $0.08 and $0.01 during the third quarter of 2011 and 2010, respectively, and $0.20 and $0.03 during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.

Under the agreement with the U.S. Treasury, as part of the CPP, the Bancorp had agreed to limitations on dividends and restrictions on repurchases of its common stock. These limitations and restrictions were in effect until the Bancorp redeemed all $3.4 billion of its Series F preferred stock held by the U.S. Treasury on February 2, 2011.

The Bancorp’s repurchase of common stock in the third quarter of 2011 is shown in the table below.

TABLE 50: Share Repurchases

Period	Total Number of Shares Purchases(a)		Average Price Paid Per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs		Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs(b)
July 1, 2011 - July 31, 2011		—	$	—		—		19,201,518
August 1, 2011 - August 31, 2011		—		—		—		19,201,518
September 1, 2011 - September 30, 2011		—		—		—		19,201,518
Total		—	$	—		—		19,201,518

(a) The Bancorp repurchased 94,503 shares during the third quarter of 2011 in connection with various employee compensation plans. These purchases are not included in the calculation for average price paid per share and do not count against the maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the Board of Directors’ authorization.

(b) In May 2007, the Bancorp announced that its Board of Directors had authorized management to purchase 30 million shares of the Bancorp’s common stock through the open market or in any private transaction. The authorization does not include specific price targets or an expiration date.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

In the ordinary course of business, the Bancorp enters into financial transactions to extend credit and various forms of commitments and guarantees that may be considered off-balance sheet arrangements. These transactions involve varying elements of market, credit and liquidity risk. Refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. A discussion of these transactions is as follows:

Residential Mortgage Loan Sales

Conforming residential mortgage loans sold to unrelated third parties are generally sold with representation and warranty recourse provisions. Such provisions include the loan’s compliance with applicable loan criteria, including certain documentation standards per agreements with unrelated third parties. Additional reasons for the Bancorp having to repurchase the loans include appraisal standards with the collateral, fraud related to the loan application and the rescission of mortgage insurance. Under these provisions, the Bancorp is required to repurchase any previously sold loan for which the representation or warranty of the Bancorp proves to be inaccurate, incomplete or misleading. As of September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, the Bancorp maintained reserves related to these loans sold with the representation and warranty recourse provisions totalling $52 million, $85 million and $86 million, respectively. For further information on

53

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (continued)

residential mortgage loans sold with representation and warranty recourse provisions, see Note 13 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

For the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Bancorp paid $23 million and $20 million, respectively, in the form of make whole payments and repurchased $37 million and $18 million, respectively, of loans to satisfy investor demands. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Bancorp paid $52 million and $32 million, respectively, in the form of make whole payments and repurchased $88 million and $50 million, respectively, of loans to satisfy investor demands. Total repurchase demand requests during the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 were $84 million and $132 million, respectively. Total repurchase demand requests during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 were $256 million and $282 million, respectively. Total outstanding repurchase demand inventory was $84 million at September 30, 2011, compared to $162 million at December 31, 2010 and $184 million at September 30, 2010.

The Bancorp sold certain residential mortgage loans in the secondary market with credit recourse. In the event of any customer default, pursuant to the credit recourse provided, the Bancorp is required to reimburse the third party. The maximum amount of credit risk in the event of non-performance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the total outstanding balance. In the event of non-performance, the Bancorp has rights to the underlying collateral value securing the loan. At September 30, 2011 the outstanding balances on these loans sold with credit recourse were $828 million, compared to $916 million at December 31, 2010 and $971 million at September 30, 2010. The Bancorp maintained an estimated credit loss reserve on these loans sold with credit recourse of $17 million at September 30, 2011and 2010 and $16 million at December 31, 2010; recorded in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. To determine the credit loss reserve, the Bancorp used an approach that is consistent with its overall approach in estimating credit losses for various categories of residential mortgage loans held in its loan portfolio. For further information on residential mortgage loans sold with credit recourse, see Note 13 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Private Mortgage Insurance

For certain mortgage loans originated by the Bancorp, borrowers may be required to obtain PMI provided by third-party insurers. In some instances, these insurers cede a portion of the PMI premiums to the Bancorp, and the Bancorp provides reinsurance coverage within a specified range of the total PMI coverage. The Bancorp’s reinsurance coverage typically ranges from 5% to 10% of the total PMI coverage.

The Bancorp’s maximum exposure in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the Bancorp’s total outstanding reinsurance coverage, which was $92 million at September 30, 2011 and $122 million at December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010. The Bancorp maintained a reserve related to exposures within the reinsurance portfolio of $28 million as of September 30, 2011, $42 million as of December 31, 2010 and $37 million as of September 30, 2010. During the second quarter of 2010, the Bancorp suspended the practice of providing reinsurance of private mortgage insurance for newly originated mortgage loans. In the second quarter of 2011, the Bancorp allowed one of its third-party insurers to terminate its reinsurance agreement with the Bancorp, resulting in the Bancorp releasing collateral to the insurer in the form of investment securities and other assets with a carrying value of $5 million, and the insurer assuming the Bancorp’s obligations under the reinsurance agreement, resulting in a decrease to the Bancorp’s reserve liability of $11 million and a decrease to the Bancorp’s maximum exposure of $27 million.

54

Controls and Procedures (Item 4)

The Bancorp conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Bancorp’s management, including the Bancorp’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Bancorp’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act). Based on the foregoing, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Bancorp’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Bancorp’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective, at the reasonable assurance level, to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports the Bancorp files and submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported as and when required and to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Bancorp in such reports is accumulated and communicated to the Bancorp’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

The Bancorp’s management also conducted an evaluation of internal control over financial reporting to determine whether any changes occurred during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting. Based on this evaluation, there has been no such change during the period covered by this report.

55

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (Item 1)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)

	As of
($ in millions, except share data)	September 30, 2011			December 31, 2010			September 30, 2010
Assets
Cash and due from banks(a)	$	2,348			2,159			2,215
Available-for-sale and other securities(b)		16,227			15,414			15,975
Held-to-maturity securities(c)		337			353			354
Trading securities		189			294			320
Other short-term investments(a)		2,028			1,515			3,271
Loans held for sale(d)		1,840			2,216			2,733
Portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans		29,258			27,191			26,302
Commercial mortgage loans(a)		10,330			10,845			10,985
Commercial construction loans		1,213			2,048			2,349
Commercial leases		3,368			3,378			3,304
Residential mortgage loans(e)		10,249			8,956			7,975
Home equity(a)		10,920			11,513			11,774
Automobile loans(a)		11,593			10,983			10,738
Credit card		1,878			1,896			1,832
Other consumer loans and leases		407			681			750
Portfolio loans and leases		79,216			77,491			76,009
Allowance for loan and lease losses(a)		(2,439	)		(3,004	)		(3,194	)
Portfolio loans and leases, net		76,777			74,487			72,815
Bank premises and equipment		2,410			2,389			2,377
Operating lease equipment		462			479			470
Goodwill		2,417			2,417			2,417
Intangible assets		45			62			72
Servicing rights		662			822			599
Other assets(a)		9,163			8,400			8,704
Total Assets	$	114,905			111,007			112,322
Liabilities
Deposits:
Demand	$	24,547			21,413			20,109
Interest checking		18,616			18,560			17,225
Savings		21,673			20,903			20,260
Money market		5,448			5,035			5,064
Other time		5,439			7,728			9,379
Certificates—$100,000 and over		3,092			4,287			5,515
Foreign office and other		3,232			3,722			3,810
Total deposits		82,047			81,648			81,362
Federal funds purchased		427			279			368
Other short-term borrowings		4,894			1,574			1,775
Accrued taxes, interest and expenses		1,307			889			869
Other liabilities(a)		3,372			2,979			3,082
Long-term debt(a)		9,800			9,558			10,953
Total Liabilities		101,847			96,927			98,409
Equity
Common stock(f)		2,051			1,779			1,779
Preferred stock(g)		398			3,654			3,642
Capital surplus(h)		2,780			1,715			1,707
Retained earnings		7,323			6,719			6,456
Accumulated other comprehensive income		542			314			432
Treasury stock		(65	)		(130	)		(132	)
Total Bancorp shareholders’ equity		13,029			14,051			13,884
Noncontrolling interest		29			29			29
Total Equity		13,058			14,080			13,913
Total Liabilities and Equity	$	114,905			111,007			112,322

(a) Includes$35, $52, and $56 of cash,$7, $7 and $7 of other short-term investments,$29,$29 and $29 of commercial mortgage loans,$228, $241 and $248 of home equity loans,$334, $648 and $771 of automobile loans,($10), ($14) and ($15) of ALLL,$3, $7 and $7 of other assets,$5, $12 and $17 of other liabilities and$270, $692 and $834 of long-term debt from consolidated VIEs that are included in their respective captions above atSeptember 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010,respectively. See Note 9.

(b) Amortized cost of$15,427, $14,919 and $15,308 atSeptember 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, respectively.

(c) Fair value of$337,$353 and $354 atSeptember 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, respectively.

(d) Includes$1,593, $1,892 and $1,879 of residential mortgage loans held for sale measured at fair value atSeptember 30, 2011, December 31, 2010, and September 30, 2010, respectively.

(e) Includes$62, $46 and $42 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value atSeptember 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, respectively.

(f) Common shares: Stated value $2.22 per share; authorized 2,000,000,000; outstanding atSeptember 30, 2011 – 919,778,512 (excludes 4,114,068 treasury shares),December 31, 2010 – 796,272,522 (excludes 5,231,666 treasury shares) and September 30, 2010 – 796,283,198 shares (excludes 5,220,989 treasury shares).

(g) 317,680 shares of undesignated no par value preferred stock are authorized of which none had been issued; 5.0% cumulative Series F perpetual preferred stock with a $25,000 liquidation preference: 136,320 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, which were redeemed on February 2, 2011; 8.5% non-cumulative Series G convertible (into 2,159.8272 common shares) perpetual preferred stock with a $25,000 liquidation preference: 46,000 authorized,16,450 issued and outstanding atSeptember 30, 2011, 16,451 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010.

(h) Includes a ten-year warrant initially valued at $239 to purchase up to 43,617,747 shares of common stock, no par value, related to Series F preferred stock, at an initial exercise price of $11.72 per share at December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, which was repurchased for $280 on March 16, 2011.

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

56

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited)

	For the three months ended September 30,				For the nine months ended September 30,
($ in millions, except per share data)	2011		2010		2011		2010
Interest Income
Interest and fees on loans and leases	$	899		962		2,701		2,872
Interest on securities		155		161		455		506
Interest on other short-term investments		1		3		4		7
Total interest income		1,055		1,126		3,160		3,385
Interest Expense
Interest on deposits		84		141		287		473
Interest on other short-term borrowings		1		1		3		3
Interest on long-term debt		72		72		229		219
Total interest expense		157		214		519		695
Net Interest Income		898		912		2,641		2,690
Provision for loan and lease losses		87		457		368		1,372
Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan and Lease Losses		811		455		2,273		1,318
Noninterest Income
Mortgage banking net revenue		178		232		442		498
Service charges on deposits		134		143		384		435
Investment advisory revenue		92		90		285		267
Corporate banking revenue		87		86		268		260
Card and processing revenue		78		77		248		235
Other noninterest income		64		195		226		354
Securities gains, net		26		4		40		25
Securities gains, net—non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights		6		—		12		—
Total noninterest income		665		827		1,905		2,074
Noninterest Expense
Salaries, wages and incentives		369		360		1,085		1,046
Employee benefits		70		82		246		241
Net occupancy expense		75		72		226		222
Technology and communications		48		48		140		138
Card and processing expense		34		26		92		82
Equipment expense		28		30		85		91
Other noninterest expense		322		361		891		1,049
Total noninterest expense		946		979		2,765		2,869
Income Before Income Taxes		530		303		1,413		523
Applicable income tax expense		149		65		429		103
Net Income		381		238		984		420
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest		—		—		1		—
Net Income Attributable To Bancorp		381		238		983		420
Dividends on preferred stock		8		63		194		187
Net Income Available to Common Shareholders	$	373		175		789		233
Earnings Per Share	$	0.41		0.22		0.87		0.29
Earnings Per Diluted Share	$	0.40		0.22		0.86		0.29

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

57

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (unaudited)

	Bancorp Shareholders’ Equity
($ in millions, except per share data)	Common Stock		Preferred Stock			Capital Surplus			Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income		Treasury Stock			Total Bancorp Shareholders’ Equity			Non- Controlling Interest			Total Equity
Balance at December 31, 2009	$	1,779		3,609			1,743			6,326			241		(201	)		13,497			—			13,497
Net income										420								420			—			420
Other comprehensive income													191					191						191
Comprehensive income																		611			—			611
Cash dividends declared:
Common stock at $0.03 per share										(24	)							(24	)					(24	)
Preferred stock										(154	)							(154	)					(154	)
Accretion of preferred dividends, Series F				33						(33	)							—						—
Stock-based compensation expense							33											33						33
Stock-based awards issued or exercised, including treasury shares issued							(10	)							6			(4	)					(4	)
Restricted stock grants							(61	)							61			—						—
Noncontrolling Interest																					29			29
Impact of cumulative effect of change in accounting principle										(77	)							(77	)					(77	)
Other							2			(2	)				2			2						2
Balance at September 30, 2010	$	1,779		3,642			1,707			6,456			432		(132	)		13,884			29			13,913
Balance at December 31, 2010	$	1,779		3,654			1,715			6,719			314		(130	)		14,051			29			14,080
Net income										983								983			1			984
Other comprehensive income													228					228						228
Comprehensive income																		1,211			1			1,212
Cash dividends declared:
Common stock at$0.20 per share										(184	)							(184	)					(184	)
Preferred stock										(41	)							(41	)					(41	)
Issuance of common stock		272					1,376											1,648						1,648
Redemption of preferred shares, Series F				(3,408	)													(3,408	)					(3,408	)
Redemption of stock warrant							(280	)										(280	)					(280	)
Accretion of preferred dividends, Series F				153						(153	)							—						—
Stock-based compensation expense							39											39						39
Stock-based awards issued or exercised, including treasury shares issued							(13	)							6			(7	)					(7	)
Restricted stock grants							(58	)							58			—						—
Loans repaid related to the exercise of stock based awards, net							1											1						1
Other				(1	)					(1	)				1			(1	)		(1	)		(2	)
Balance at September 30, 2011	$	2,051		398			2,780			7,323			542		(65	)		13,029			29			13,058

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

58

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited)

	For the nine months ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011			2010
Operating Activities
Net income	$	984			420
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for loan and lease losses		368			1,372
Depreciation, amortization and accretion		326			327
Stock-based compensation expense		39			33
Provision for deferred income taxes		363			134
Realized securities gains		(45	)		(32	)
Realized securities gains—non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights		(21	)		—
Realized securities losses		5			7
Realized securities losses—non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights		9			—
Provision for mortgage servicing rights		228			189
Net (gains) losses on sales of loans and fair value adjustments on loans held for sale		(109	)		80
Capitalized mortgage servicing rights		(155	)		(180	)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale		9,991			12,495
Loans originated for sale, net of repayments		(9,389	)		(12,485	)
Dividends representing return on equity method investments		10			19
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation		(1	)		(4	)
Net change in:
Trading securities		102			37
Other assets		(148	)		(93	)
Accrued taxes, interest and expenses		(11	)		(105	)
Other liabilities		113			77
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities		2,659			2,291
Investing Activities
Sales:
Available-for-sale securities		1,722			2,039
Loans		263			224
Disposal of bank premises and equipment		30			6
Repayments / maturities:
Available-for-sale securities		2,581			3,350
Held-to-maturity securities		14			1
Purchases:
Available-for-sale securities		(4,819	)		(3,808	)
Held-to-maturity securities		—			(1	)
Bank premises and equipment		(218	)		(151	)
Restricted cash from the initial consolidation of variable interest entities		—			63
Dividends representing return of equity method investments		17			9
Net change in:
Other short-term investments		(513	)		105
Loans and leases		(3,192	)		(274	)
Operating lease equipment		(14	)		(2	)
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities		(4,129	)		1,561
Financing Activities
Net change in:
Core deposits		1,501			(733	)
Certificates - $100,000 and over, including other foreign office		(1,102	)		(2,197	)
Federal funds purchased		148			186
Other short-term borrowings		3,320			239
Dividends paid on common shares		(118	)		(24	)
Dividends paid on preferred shares		(41	)		(154	)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt		1,494			13
Repayment of long-term debt		(1,497	)		(1,320	)
Issuance of common shares		1,648			—
Redemption of preferred shares, Series F		(3,408	)		—
Redemption of stock warrant		(280	)		—
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation		1			4
Capital contribution from noncontrolling interest		—			30
Other		(7	)		1
Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities		1,659			(3,955	)
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Due from Banks		189			(103	)
Cash and Due from Banks at Beginning of Period		2,159			2,318
Cash and Due from Banks at End of Period	$	2,348			2,215

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Note 2 contains cash payments related to interest and income taxes in addition to noncash investing and financing activities.

59

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

1. Basis of Presentation

The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Bancorp and its majority-owned subsidiaries and VIEs in which the Bancorp has been determined to be the primary beneficiary. Other entities, including certain joint ventures, in which the Bancorp has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of the investee, but upon which the Bancorp does not possess control, are accounted for by the equity method and not consolidated. Those entities in which the Bancorp does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are generally carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

In the opinion of management, the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include all adjustments, which consist of normal recurring accruals, necessary to present fairly the financial position as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, the results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 and the changes in equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. In accordance with U.S. GAAP and the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim financial information, these statements do not include certain information and footnote disclosures required for complete annual financial statements and it is suggested that these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements be read in conjunction with the latest annual financial statements. The results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 and the cash flows and changes in equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. Financial information as of December 31, 2010 has been derived from the annual audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Bancorp.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior periods’ Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes to conform to the current period presentation.

2. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Cash payments related to interest and income taxes in addition to noncash investing and financing activities are presented in the following table for the nine months ended September 30:

($ in millions)	2011		2010
Cash payments:
Interest	$	525		726
Income taxes		45		76
Transfers:
Portfolio loans to held for sale loans		115		650
Held for sale loans to portfolio loans		24		152
Portfolio loans to OREO		262		532
Held for sale loans to OREO		38		50
Impact of change in accounting principle:
Decrease in available-for-sale securities, net		—		941
Increase in portfolio loans		—		2,217
Decrease in demand deposits		—		18
Increase in other short-term borrowings		—		122
Increase in long-term debt		—		1,344

3. Accounting and Reporting Developments

Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses

In July 2010, the FASB issued guidance that requires the Bancorp to disclose a greater level of disaggregated information about the credit quality of its loans and leases and the ALLL. The new guidance defines two levels of disaggregation – portfolio segment and class. A portfolio segment is defined as the level at which the Bancorp develops and documents a systematic method for determining its ALLL. Classes generally represent a further disaggregation of a portfolio segment based on certain risk characteristics. The disclosures relating to information as of the end of a reporting period were effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010 and the disclosure requirements were adopted by the Bancorp as of December 31, 2010. The disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period were effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010 and the disclosure requirements were adopted by the Bancorp as of January 1, 2011. These disclosures are included in Note 6.

When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts

In December 2010, the FASB issued amended guidance to address questions about entities with reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, the amended guidance requires the entity to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more

60

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that an impairment may exist. The Bancorp does not currently have any reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts, and therefore the adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2011 did not have a material impact on the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations

In December 2010, the FASB issued amended guidance to address the diversity in practice about the interpretation of the pro forma revenue and earnings disclosure requirements for business combinations. The amended guidance clarifies that for business combination(s) that occur during the year, the Bancorp is required to disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination(s) occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. The amended guidance is effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010 and will be effective for business combinations consummated by the Bancorp on or after January 1, 2011. The Bancorp has not consummated a business combination since such guidance became effective.

A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring

In April 2011, the FASB issued amended guidance clarifying whether a creditor has granted a concession, and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties, for purposes of determining whether a restructuring constitutes a TDR. The amended guidance also requires the Bancorp to disclose new information about TDR’s, including qualitative and quantitative information by portfolio segment and class. The amended guidance is effective for the first interim or annual reporting period beginning on or after June 15, 2011, and for purposes of identifying TDR’s under the amended guidance, has been applied retrospectively to January 1, 2011. The amended guidance for identifying TDRs did not have a material impact on the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The new disclosures required under the amended guidance are included in Note 6.

Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements

In April 2011, the FASB issued amended guidance clarifying when the Bancorp can recognize a sale upon the transfer of financial assets subject to a repurchase agreement. That determination is based, in part, on whether the Bancorp has maintained effective control over the transferred financial assets. Under the amended guidance, the FASB concluded that the assessment of effective control should focus on a transferor’s contractual rights and obligations with respect to transferred financial assets, not on whether the transferor has the practical ability to perform in accordance with those rights or obligations. The amended guidance is effective for transactions that occur in interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The Bancorp accounts for all of its existing repurchase agreements as secured borrowings. Therefore, this amended guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Bancorp’s accounting for repurchase agreements upon adoption on January 1, 2012.

Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS

In May 2011, the FASB issued amended guidance that will result in common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and IFRS. Under the amended guidance, the Bancorp will be required to expand its disclosure for fair value instruments categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy to include (1) the valuation processes used by the Bancorp; and (2) a narrative description of the sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs for recurring fair value measurements and the interrelationships between those unobservable inputs, if any. The Bancorp will also be required to disclose the categorization by level of the fair value hierarchy for items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of financial position but for which the fair value is required to be disclosed (e.g. portfolio loans). The amended guidance is to be applied prospectively and is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

In June 2011, the FASB issued amended guidance on the presentation requirements for comprehensive income. The amended guidance requires the Bancorp to present total comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income on the face of the financial statements, either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The amended guidance does not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. This amended guidance will be applied retrospectively and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011.

Testing Goodwill for Impairment

In September 2011, the FASB issued amended guidance on testing goodwill for impairment. The amended guidance simplifies how the Bancorp is required to test goodwill for impairment and permits the Bancorp to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Bancorp determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test would be unnecessary. However, if the Bancorp concludes otherwise, it would then be required to perform step 1 of the goodwill impairment test, and continue to step 2, if necessary. The amended guidance is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011.

61

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

4. Securities

The following table provides the amortized cost, fair value and unrealized gains and losses for the major categories of the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities portfolios as of:

	Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized			Fair
September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)	Cost		Gains		Losses			Value
Available-for-sale and other:
U.S. Treasury and government agencies	$	201		1		—			202
U.S. Government sponsored agencies		1,808		182		—			1,990
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		101		4		—			105
Agency mortgage-backed securities		10,413		605		(1	)		11,017
Other bonds, notes and debentures		1,567		17		(11	)		1,573
Other securities(a)		1,337		3		—			1,340
Total	$	15,427		812		(12	)		16,227
Held-to-maturity:
Obligations of states and political subdivisions	$	335		—		—			335
Other debt securities		2		—		—			2
Total	$	337		—		—			337
	Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized			Fair
December 31, 2010 ($ in millions)	Cost		Gains		Losses			Value
Available-for-sale and other:
U.S. Treasury and government agencies	$	225		5		—			230
U.S. Government sponsored agencies		1,564		81		—			1,645
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		170		2		—			172
Agency mortgage-backed securities		10,570		435		(32	)		10,973
Other bonds, notes and debentures		1,338		19		(15	)		1,342
Other securities(a)		1,052		—		—			1,052
Total	$	14,919		542		(47	)		15,414
Held-to-maturity:
Obligations of states and political subdivisions	$	348		—		—			348
Other debt securities		5		—		—			5
Total	$	353		—		—			353
	Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized			Fair
September 30, 2010 ($ in millions)	Cost		Gains		Losses			Value
Available-for-sale and other:
U.S. Treasury and government agencies	$	300		11		—			311
U.S. Government sponsored agencies		1,691		160		—			1,851
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		191		4		—			195
Agency mortgage-backed securities		10,878		473		(4	)		11,347
Other bonds, notes and debentures		995		28		(5	)		1,018
Other securities(a)		1,253		—		—			1,253
Total	$	15,308		676		(9	)		15,975
Held-to-maturity:
Obligations of states and political subdivisions	$	349		—		—			349
Other debt securities		5		—		—			5
Total	$	354		—		—			354

(a) Other securities consist of FHLB and FRB restricted stock holdings of$497 and$345, respectively, atSeptember 30, 2011, $524 and $344, respectively, at December 31, 2010, and $551 and $343, respectively, at September 30, 2010, that are carried at cost, and certain mutual fund and equity security holdings.

The following table presents realized gains and losses that were recognized in income from available-for-sale securities:

	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						September 30,
($ in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010
Realized gains	$	48			3			65			31
Realized losses		(9	)		(3	)		(9	)		(7	)
Net realized gains	$	39			—			56			24

62

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Trading securities totaled $189 million as of September 30, 2011, compared to $294 million at December 31, 2010 and $320 million at September 30, 2010. Gross realized gains on trading securities were immaterial for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010, $1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and immaterial for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Gross realized losses were immaterial for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010, $1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and immaterial for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Gross unrealized gains on trading securities were immaterial at September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010 and were $8 million at December 31, 2010. Gross unrealized losses on trading securities were $8 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, and $10 million at September 30, 2010.

At September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010, and September 30, 2010, securities with a fair value of $11.6 billion, $11.3 billion, and $12.0 billion, respectively, were pledged to secure borrowings, public deposits, trust funds, derivative contracts and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities at September 30, 2011, by contractual maturity, are shown in the following table:

	Available-for-Sale & Other				Held-to-Maturity
($ in millions)	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Debt securities:(a)
Under 1 year	$	898		918		59		59
1-5 years		11,387		11,999		244		244
5-10 years		1,768		1,935		18		18
Over 10 years		37		35		16		16
Other securities		1,337		1,340		—		—
Total	$	15,427		16,227		337		337

(a) Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities when there exists a right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

The following table provides the fair value and gross unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position, aggregated by investment category and length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of:

	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
			Unrealized					Unrealized					Unrealized
($ in millions)	Fair Value		Losses			Fair Value		Losses			Fair Value		Losses
September 30, 2011
U.S. Treasury and government agencies	$	100		—			—		—			100		—
U.S. Government sponsored agencies		—		—			—		—			—		—
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		—		—			3		—			3		—
Agency mortgage-backed securities		27		—			11		(1	)		38		(1	)
Other bonds, notes and debentures		622		(6	)		45		(5	)		667		(11	)
Other securities		—		—			—		—			—		—
Total	$	749		(6	)		59		(6	)		808		(12	)
December 31, 2010
U.S. Treasury and government agencies	$	—		—			1		—			1		—
U.S. Government sponsored agencies		—		—			—		—			—		—
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		11		—			4		—			15		—
Agency mortgage-backed securities		1,555		(32	)		—		—			1,555		(32	)
Other bonds, notes and debentures		563		(10	)		47		(5	)		610		(15	)
Other securities		—		—			—		—			—		—
Total	$	2,129		(42	)		52		(5	)		2,181		(47	)
September 30, 2010
U.S. Treasury and government agencies	$	75		—			1		—			76		—
U.S. Government sponsored agencies		—		—			—		—			—		—
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		1		—			3		—			4		—
Agency mortgage-backed securities		995		(4	)		—		—			995		(4	)
Other bonds, notes and debentures		1		—			50		(5	)		51		(5	)
Other securities		—		—			—		—			—		—
Total	$	1,072		(4	)		54		(5	)		1,126		(9	)

63

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

If the fair value of an available-for-sale or held-to-maturity security is less than its amortized cost basis, the Bancorp must determine whether an OTTI has occurred. Under U.S. GAAP, the recognition and measurement requirements related to OTTI differ for debt and equity securities.

For debt securities, if the Bancorp intends to sell the debt security or will more likely than not be required to sell the debt security before recovery of the entire amortized cost basis, then an OTTI has occurred and the Bancorp must recognize through earnings the entire OTTI, which is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the debt security and its amortized cost basis. However, even if the Bancorp does not intend to sell the debt security and will not likely be required to sell the debt security before recovery of its entire amortized cost basis, the Bancorp must evaluate expected cash flows to be received and determine if a credit loss has occurred. In the event of a credit loss, the credit component of the impairment is recognized within noninterest income and the non-credit component is recognized through accumulated other comprehensive income. The Bancorp recognized $9 million of OTTI on its available-for-sale securities during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and no OTTI was recognized on held-to-maturity debt securities. The Bancorp recognized $3 million of OTTI on its available-for-sale debt securities during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010 and no OTTI was recognized on held-to-maturity debt securities. Additionally, at September 30, 2011 an immaterial percent of unrealized losses in the available-for-sale securities portfolio were represented by non-rated securities, compared to approximately one percent at December 31, 2010 and three percent at September 30, 2010.

For equity securities, the Bancorp’s management evaluates the securities in an unrealized loss position in the available-for-sale portfolio for OTTI on the basis of the duration of the decline in value of the security and severity of that decline as well as the Bancorp’s intent and ability to hold these securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in the fair value. If it is determined that the impairment on an equity security is other than temporary, an impairment loss equal to the difference between the carrying value of the security and its fair value is recognized within noninterest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Bancorp did not recognize OTTI on any of its available-for-sale equity securities.

64

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

5. Loans and Leases

The Bancorp diversifies its loan and lease portfolio by offering a variety of loan and lease products with various payment terms and rate structures. Lending activities are concentrated within those states in which the Bancorp has banking centers and are primarily located in the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States. The Bancorp’s commercial loan portfolio consists of lending to various industry types. Management periodically reviews the performance of its loan and lease products to evaluate whether they are performing within acceptable interest rate and credit risk levels and changes are made to underwriting policies and procedures as needed. The Bancorp maintains an allowance to absorb loan and lease losses inherent in the portfolio. For further information on credit quality and the ALLL, see Note 6.

The following table provides a summary of the total loans and leases classified by primary purpose as of:

	September 30,		December 31,		September 30,
($ in millions)	2011		2010		2010
Loans and leases held for sale:
Commercial and industrial loans	$	66		83		200
Commercial mortgage loans		105		147		348
Commercial construction loans		26		63		151
Residential mortgage loans		1,629		1,901		2,014
Other consumer loans and leases		14		22		20
Total loans and leases held for sale	$	1,840		2,216		2,733
Portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans	$	29,258		27,191		26,302
Commercial mortgage loans		10,330		10,845		10,985
Commercial construction loans		1,213		2,048		2,349
Commercial leases		3,368		3,378		3,304
Total commercial loans and leases		44,169		43,462		42,940
Residential mortgage loans		10,249		8,956		7,975
Home equity		10,920		11,513		11,774
Automobile loans		11,593		10,983		10,738
Credit card		1,878		1,896		1,832
Other consumer loans and leases		407		681		750
Total consumer loans and leases		35,047		34,029		33,069
Total portfolio loans and leases	$	79,216		77,491		76,009

Total portfolio loans and leases are recorded net of unearned income, which totaled $944 million as of September 30, 2011, and $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010. Additionally, portfolio loans and leases are recorded net of unamortized premiums and discounts, deferred loan fees and costs, and fair value adjustments (associated with acquired loans or loans designated as fair value upon origination) which totaled a net premium of $35 million as of September 30, 2011 and net discounts of $19 million and $21 million as of December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010 respectively.

The following table presents a summary of the total loans and leases owned by the Bancorp as of and for the nine months ended September 30:

					Balance of Loans 90				Net
	Balance				Days or More Past Due				Charge-Offs
($ in millions)	2011		2010		2011		2010		2011			2010
Commercial and industrial loans	$	29,324		26,502	$	9		29	$	215			502
Commercial mortgage loans		10,435		11,333		9		29		148			445
Commercial construction loans		1,239		2,500		44		5		80			242
Commercial leases		3,368		3,304		1		1		(2	)		5
Residential mortgage loans		11,878		9,989		91		111		137			377
Home equity loans		10,920		11,774		83		87		168			199
Automobile loans		11,593		10,738		9		13		40			69
Other consumer loans and leases		2,299		2,602		28		42		147			133
Total loans and leases	$	81,056		78,742	$	274		317	$	933			1,972
Less: Loans held for sale	$	1,840		2,733
Total portfolio loans and leases	$	79,216		76,009

65

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

6. Credit Quality and the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The Bancorp disaggregates ALLL balances and transactions in the ALLL by portfolio segment. Credit quality related disclosures for loans and leases are further disaggregated by class. The disaggregated disclosure requirements relating to information as of the end of a reporting period do not apply to periods ending before December 31, 2010. The disaggregated disclosure requirements relating to activity that occurs during a reporting period do not apply to periods beginning before December 15, 2010.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The following table summarizes transactions in the ALLL:

	For the three months						For the nine months
	ended September 30,						ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010
Balance, beginning of period	$	2,614			3,693			3,004			3,749
Impact of change in accounting principle		—			—			—			45
Losses charged off		(294	)		(992	)		(1,034	)		(2,086	)
Recoveries of losses previously charged off		32			36			101			114
Provision for loan and lease losses		87			457			368			1,372
Balance, end of period	$	2,439			3,194			2,439			3,194

The following tables summarize transactions in the ALLL by portfolio segment:

For the three months ended September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)	Commercial			Residential Mortgage			Consumer			Unallocated			Total
Transactions in the ALLL:
Balance, beginning of period	$	1,764			268			452			130			2,614
Losses charged off		(146	)		(38	)		(110	)		—			(294	)
Recoveries of losses previously charged off		10			2			20			—			32
Provision for loan and lease losses		21			1			46			19			87
Balance, end of period	$	1,649			233			408			149			2,439
For the nine months ended September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)	Commercial			Residential Mortgage			Consumer			Unallocated			Total
Transactions in the ALLL:
Balance, beginning of period	$	1,989			310			555			150			3,004
Losses charged off		(480	)		(142	)		(412	)		—			(1,034	)
Recoveries of losses previously charged off		39			5			57			—			101
Provision for loan and lease losses		101			60			208			(1	)		368
Balance, end of period	$	1,649			233			408			149			2,439

The following tables provide a summary of the ALLL and related loans and leases classified by portfolio segment:

As of September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)	Commercial		Residential Mortgage		Consumer		Unallocated		Total
ALLL:(a)
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	221		130		65		—		416
Collectively evaluated for impairment		1,427		102		343		—		1,872
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality		1		1		—		—		2
Unallocated		—		—		—		149		149
Total ALLL	$	1,649		233		408		149		2,439
Loans and leases:(b)
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	1,225		1,237		581		—		3,043
Collectively evaluated for impairment		42,941		8,940		24,217		—		76,098
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality		3		10		—		—		13
Total portfolio loans and leases	$	44,169		10,187		24,798		—		79,154

(a) Includes $14 related to leveraged leases.

(b) Excludes $62 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value, and includes $1,018 of leveraged leases, net of unearned income.

66

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

			Residential
As of December 31, 2010 ($ in millions)	Commercial		Mortgage		Consumer		Unallocated		Total
ALLL:(a)
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	209		119		107		—		435
Collectively evaluated for impairment		1,779		189		448		—		2,416
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality		1		2		—		—		3
Unallocated		—		—		—		150		150
Total ALLL	$	1,989		310		555		150		3,004
Loans and leases:(b)
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	1,076		1,180		651		—		2,907
Collectively evaluated for impairment		42,382		7,718		24,414		—		74,514
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality		4		12		8		—		24
Total portfolio loans and leases	$	43,462		8,910		25,073		—		77,445

(a) Includes $15 related to leveraged leases.

(b) Excludes $46 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value, and includes $1,039 of leveraged leases, net of unearned income.

Credit Risk Profile

For purposes of monitoring the credit quality and risk characteristics of its commercial portfolio segment, the Bancorp disaggregates the segment into the following classes: commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage owner-occupied, commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied, commercial construction and commercial leasing.

To facilitate the monitoring of credit quality within the commercial portfolio segment, and for purposes of analyzing historical loss rates used in the determination of the ALLL for the commercial portfolio segment, the Bancorp utilizes the following categories of credit grades: pass, special mention, substandard, doubtful or loss. The five categories, which are derived from standard regulatory rating definitions, are assigned upon initial approval of credit to borrowers and updated periodically thereafter. Pass ratings, which are assigned to those borrowers that do not have identified potential or well defined weaknesses and for which there is a high likelihood of orderly repayment, are updated periodically based on the size and credit characteristics of the borrower. All other categories are updated on a quarterly basis during the month preceding the end of the calendar quarter.

The Bancorp assigns a special mention rating to loans and leases that have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or lease or the Bancorp’s credit position.

The Bancorp assigns a substandard rating to loans and leases that are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged. Substandard loans and leases have well defined weaknesses or weaknesses that could jeopardize the orderly repayment of the debt. Loans and leases in this grade also are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bancorp will sustain some loss if the deficiencies noted are not addressed and corrected.

The Bancorp assigns a doubtful rating to loans and leases that have all the attributes of a substandard rating with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonable specific pending factors that may work to the advantage of and strengthen the credit quality of the loan or lease, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined. Pending factors may include a proposed merger or acquisition, liquidation proceeding, capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral or refinancing plans.

Loans and leases classified as loss are considered uncollectible and are charged off in the period in which they are determined to be uncollectible. Because loans and leases in this category are fully charged down, they are not included in the following tables.

The following table summarizes the credit risk profile of the Bancorp’s commercial portfolio segment, by class:

			Special
As of September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)	Pass		Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Total
Commercial and industrial loans	$	25,510		1,598		2,023		127		29,258
Commercial mortgage loans owner-occupied		4,080		562		785		19		5,446
Commercial mortgage loans nonowner-occupied		3,293		550		1,013		28		4,884
Commercial construction loans		418		258		511		26		1,213
Commercial leases		3,298		42		27		1		3,368
Total	$	36,599		3,010		4,359		201		44,169

67

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

December 31, 2010 ($ in millions)	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Total
Commercial and industrial loans	$	23,147		1,406		2,541		97		27,191
Commercial mortgage loans owner-occupied		4,034		430		854		22		5,340
Commercial mortgage loans nonowner-occupied		3,620		647		1,174		64		5,505
Commercial construction loans		1,034		416		540		58		2,048
Commercial leases		3,269		60		48		1		3,378
Total	$	35,104		2,959		5,157		242		43,462

For purposes of monitoring the credit quality and risk characteristics of its consumer portfolio segment, the Bancorp disaggregates the segment into the following classes: home equity, automobile loans, credit card, and other consumer loans and leases. The Bancorp’s residential mortgage portfolio segment is also a separate class.

The Bancorp considers repayment performance as the best indicator of credit quality for residential mortgage and consumer loans. Residential mortgage loans that have principal and interest payments that have become past due 150 days are classified as nonperforming unless such loans are both well secured and in the process of collection. Home equity loans with principal and interest payments that have become past due 180 days are classified as nonperforming unless such loans are both well secured and in the process of collection. Automobile and other consumer loans and leases that have principal and interest payments that have become past due 120 days are classified as nonperforming unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Credit card loans that have been modified in a TDR are classified as nonperforming unless such loans have a sustained repayment performance of six months or greater and are reasonably assured of repayment in accordance with the restructured terms. Well secured loans are collateralized by perfected security interests in real and/or personal property for which the Bancorp estimates proceeds from sale would be sufficient to recover the outstanding principal and accrued interest balance of the loan and pay all costs to sell the collateral. The Bancorp considers a loan in the process of collection if collection efforts or legal action is proceeding and the Bancorp expects to collect funds sufficient to bring the loan current or recover the entire outstanding principal and accrued interest balance. The following table summarizes the credit risk profile of the Bancorp’s residential mortgage and consumer portfolio segments, by class:

	September 30, 2011				December 31, 2010
($ in millions)	Performing		Nonperforming		Performing		Nonperforming
Residential mortgage loans(a)	$	9,911		276		8,642		268
Home equity		10,862		58		11,457		56
Automobile loans		11,591		2		10,980		3
Credit card		1,832		46		1,841		55
Other consumer loans and leases		406		1		597		84
Total	$	34,602		383		33,517		466

(a) Excludes$62 and $46 of loans measured at fair value atSeptember 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

68

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Age Analysis of Past Due Loans and Leases

The following tables summarize the Bancorp’s recorded investment in portfolio loans and leases by age and class:

			Past Due
As of September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)	Current Loans and Leases		30-89     Days		90 Days and Greater(c)		Total Past Due		Total Loans and Leases		90 Days Past Due and Still Accruing
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial loans	$	28,949		57		252		309		29,258		9
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans		5,291		35		120		155		5,446		2
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans		4,629		73		182		255		4,884		7
Commercial construction loans		1,024		11		178		189		1,213		44
Commercial leases		3,355		3		10		13		3,368		1
Residential mortgage loans(a) (b)		9,721		107		359		466		10,187		91
Consumer:
Home equity		10,651		128		141		269		10,920		83
Automobile loans		11,514		67		12		79		11,593		9
Credit card		1,777		32		69		101		1,878		28
Other consumer loans and leases		405		1		1		2		407		—
Total portfolio loans and leases(a)	$	77,316		514		1,324		1,838		79,154		274

(a) Excludes $62 of loans measured at fair value.

(b) Information for current residential mortgage loans includes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. As of September 30, 2011, $33 of these loans were 30-89 days past due and $291 were 90 days or more past due. The Bancorp recognized an immaterial amount of losses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 due to claim denials and curtailments associated with these advances.

(c) Includes accrual and nonaccrual loans and leases.

			Past Due
As of December 31, 2010 ($ in millions)	Current Loans and Leases		30-89     Days		90 Days   and Greater(c)		Total Past Due		Total Loans and Leases		90 Days Past Due and Still Accruing
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial loans	$	26,687		201		303		504		27,191		16
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans		5,151		50		139		189		5,340		8
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans		5,252		38		215		253		5,505		3
Commercial construction loans		1,831		72		145		217		2,048		3
Commercial leases		3,361		10		7		17		3,378		—
Residential mortgage loans(a) (b)		8,404		138		368		506		8,910		100
Consumer:
Home equity		11,220		148		145		293		11,513		89
Automobile loans		10,872		96		15		111		10,983		13
Credit card		1,771		35		90		125		1,896		42
Other consumer loans and leases		672		3		6		9		681		—
Total portfolio loans and leases(a)	$	75,221		791		1,433		2,224		77,445		274

(a) Excludes $46 of loans measured at fair value.

(b) Information for current residential mortgage loans includes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. As of December 31, 2010, $55 of these loans were 30-89 days past due and $284 were 90 days or more past due.

(c) Includes accrual and nonaccrual loans and leases.

Impaired Loans and Leases

Larger commercial loans included within aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review for impairment. The Bancorp also performs an individual review on loans that are restructured in a troubled debt restructuring. The Bancorp considers the current value of collateral, credit quality of any guarantees, the loan structure, and other factors when evaluating whether an individual loan is impaired. Other factors may include the geography and industry of the borrower, size and financial condition of the borrower, cash flow and leverage of the borrower, and the Bancorp’s evaluation of the borrower’s management. Smaller-balance homogenous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment are not included in the following tables.

69

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s impaired loans and leases (by class) that were subject to individual review:

	Unpaid
As of September 30, 2011	Principal		Recorded
($ in millions)	Balance		Investment			Allowance
With a related allowance recorded:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial loans	$	490		375			169
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans		49		36			5
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans		192		128			24
Commercial construction loans		155		102			19
Commercial leases		14		14			5
Restructured residential mortgage loans		1,106		1,055			131
Restructured consumer:
Home equity		399		395			46
Automobile loans		37		37			5
Credit card		101		90			14
Other consumer loans and leases		3		3			—
Total impaired loans with a related allowance	$	2,546		2,235			418
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial loans	$	296		233			—
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans		100		86			—
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans		166		142			—
Commercial construction loans		171		106			—
Commercial leases		6		6			—
Restructured residential mortgage loans		237		192			—
Restructured consumer:
Home equity		54		51			—
Automobile loans		5		5			—
Total impaired loans with no related allowance		1,035		821			—
Total impaired loans	$	3,581		3,056	(a)		418

(a) Includes$347, $1,103 and$500, respectively, of commercial, residential mortgage and consumer TDRs on accrual status;$189,$134 and$81, respectively, of commercial, residential mortgage and consumer TDRs on nonaccrual status.

The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s average impaired loans and leases and interest income by class for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011:

	For the three months ended September 30, 2011				For the nine months ended September 30, 2011
($ in millions)	Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial loans	$	540		15		524		40
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans		116		5		121		15
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans		287		9		294		25
Commercial construction loans		190		8		185		19
Commercial leases		18		—		22		—
Restructured residential mortgage loans		1,243		13		1,219		34
Restructured consumer:
Home equity		446		17		445		34
Automobile loans		42		1		40		2
Credit card		95		1		97		3
Other consumer loans and leases		28		—		43		—
Total impaired loans	$	3,005		69		2,990		172

70

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s impaired loans and leases (by class) that were subject to individual review:

	Unpaid
As of December 31, 2010	Principal		Recorded
($ in millions)	Balance		Investment			Allowance
With a related allowance recorded:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial loans	$	404		291			128
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans		49		37			4
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans		386		202			40
Commercial construction loans		240		150			31
Commercial leases		15		15			7
Restructured residential mortgage loans		1,126		1,071			121
Restructured consumer:
Home equity		400		397			53
Automobile loans		33		32			5
Credit card		100		100			18
Other consumer loans and leases		78		78			31
Total impaired loans with a related allowance	$	2,831		2,373			438
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial loans	$	194		153			—
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans		113		99			—
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans		126		108			—
Commercial construction loans		24		8			—
Commercial leases		17		17			—
Restructured residential mortgage loans		146		121			—
Restructured consumer:
Home equity		48		46			—
Automobile loans		6		6			—
Total impaired loans with no related allowance		674		558			—
Total impaired loans	$	3,505		2,931	(a)		438

(a) Includes $228, $1,066 and $492, respectively, of commercial, residential mortgage and consumer TDRs on accrual status; $141, $116 and $90, respectively, of commercial, residential mortgage and consumer TDRs on nonaccrual status.

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, interest income of $53 million and $164 million, respectively, was recognized on impaired loans that had an average balance of $3.1 billion for both periods.

Nonperforming Assets

The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s nonperforming assets as of:

	September 30,		December 31,		September 30,
($ in millions)	2011		2010		2010
Nonaccrual loans and leases	$	1,134		1,333		1,378
Restructured nonaccrual loans and leases		404		347		206
Total nonperforming loans and leases		1,538		1,680		1,584
OREO and other repossessed property(a)		406		494		498
Total nonperforming assets(b)		1,944		2,174		2,082
Total loans and leases 90 days past due and still accruing	$	274		274		317

(a) Excludes$58,$38 and $35 of OREO related to government insured loans at September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, respectively.

(b) Excludes$197, $294 and $699 of nonaccrual loans held for sale atSeptember 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, respectively.

71

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s nonperforming loans and leases, by class, as of:

	September 30,		December 31,
($ in millions)	2011		2010
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial loans	$	562		568
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans		168		168
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans		239		267
Commercial construction loans		168		192
Commercial leases		18		19
Total commercial loans and leases		1,155		1,214
Residential mortgage loans		276		268
Consumer:
Home equity		58		56
Automobile loans		2		3
Credit card		46		55
Other consumer loans and leases		1		84
Total consumer loans and leases		107		198
Total nonperforming loans and leases(a)	$	1,538		1,680

(a) Excludes$197 and $294 of nonaccrual loans held for sale atSeptember 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

If a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, the Bancorp may consider, in certain circumstances, modifying the terms of their loan to maximize collection of amounts due. Typically, these modifications reduce the loan interest rate, extend the loan term, or in limited circumstances, reduce their principal balance of the loan. These modifications are classified as TDRs.

Within each of the Bancorp’s loan classes, TDRs typically involve either a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan, an extension of the loan’s maturity date(s) at a stated rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk, or in limited circumstances, a reduction of the face amount of the loan or the loan’s accrued interest. Upon modification, an impairment loss is recognized as an increase to the ALLL and is measured as the difference between the original loan’s carrying amount and the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the original, effective yield of the loan. If a portion of the original loan’s face amount is determined to be uncollectible at the time of modification, or if the TDR involves a reduction of the face amount of the loan or the loan’s accrued interest, that amount is charged off to the ALLL.

The following table provides a summary of loans modified in a TDR by the Bancorp during the three months ended September 30, 2011:

($ in millions)(a)	Number of loans modified in a TDR during the period(b)		Recorded investment in loans modified in a TDR during the  period		Increase (Decrease) to ALLL upon modification			Charge-offs recognized upon modification
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial loans		7	$	33		(2	)		—
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans		7		5		(4	)		—
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans		15		44		(4	)		—
Commercial construction loans		4		22		—			—
Residential mortgage loans		384		79		8			—
Consumer:
Home equity		347		21		1			—
Automobile loans		371		7		1			—
Credit card		2,781		17		2			—
Total portfolio loans and leases		3,916	$	228		2			—

(a) Excludes all loans and leases held for sale and loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.

(b) Represents number of loans post-modification.

72

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following table provides a summary of loans modified in a TDR by the Bancorp during the nine months ended September 30, 2011:

($ in millions)(a)	Number of loans modified in a TDR during the period(b)		Recorded investment in loans modified in a TDR during the period		Increase (Decrease) to ALLL upon modification			Charge-offs recognized upon modification
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial loans		35	$	113		2			1
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans		15		20		(6	)		7
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans		28		77		(17	)		3
Commercial construction loans		9		43		(4	)		—
Commercial leases		2		—		—			—
Residential mortgage loans		1,273		255		26			—
Consumer:
Home equity		999		61		1			—
Automobile loans		1,135		21		2			—
Credit card		9,188		61		9			—
Total portfolio loans and leases		12,684		$651		13			11

(a) Excludes all loans and leases held for sale and loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.

(b) Represents number of loans post-modification.

The Bancorp considers TDRs that become 90 days or more past due under the modified terms as subsequently defaulted. The following table provides a summary of subsequent defaults that occurred during the three months ended September 30, 2011 and within 12 months of the restructuring date:

($ in millions)(a)	Number of Contracts		Recorded Investment
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial loans		1	$	13
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans		2		1
Commercial construction loans		1		1
Residential mortgage loans		75		12
Consumer:
Home equity		49		3
Automobile loans		8		—
Credit card		14		—
Total portfolio loans and leases		150	$	30

(a) Excludes all loans and leases held for sale and loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.

The following table provides a summary of subsequent defaults that occurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and within 12 months of the restructuring date:

($ in millions)(a)	Number of Contracts		Recorded Investment
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial loans		7	$	20
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans		3		1
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans		7		5
Commercial construction loans		5		7
Commercial leases		5		3
Residential mortgage loans		235		39
Consumer:
Home equity		172		11
Automobile loans		20		1
Credit card		60		1
Total portfolio loans and leases		514	$	88

(a) Excludes all loans and leases held for sale and loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.

73

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

7. Goodwill

Business combinations entered into by the Bancorp typically include the acquisition of goodwill. Acquisition activity includes acquisitions in the respective period, in addition to purchase accounting adjustments related to previous acquisitions. During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Bancorp determined that the Commercial Banking and Consumer Lending segments’ goodwill carrying amounts exceeded their associated implied fair values by $750 million and $215 million, respectively. The resulting $965 million goodwill impairment charge was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2008 and represents the total amount of accumulated impairment losses as of September 30, 2011. Changes in the net carrying amount of goodwill, by reporting unit, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	Commercial		Branch		Consumer		Investment
($ in millions)	Banking		Banking		Lending		Advisors		Total
Net carrying value as of December 31, 2010:	$	613		1,656		—		148		2,417
Acquisition activity		—		—		—		—		—
Net carrying value as of September 30, 2011:	$	613		1,656		—		148		2,417
Net carrying value as of December 31, 2009:	$	613		1,656		—		148		2,417
Acquisition activity		—		—		—		—		—
Net carrying value as of September 30, 2010:	$	613		1,656		—		148		2,417

The Bancorp evaluates goodwill at the business segment level for impairment as the Bancorp’s segments have been determined to be reporting units under U.S. GAAP. The Bancorp conducts its evaluation of goodwill impairment as of September 30^th each year, and more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. The Bancorp completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of September 30, 2011 and determined that no impairment existed. In Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test, the Bancorp compared the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. To determine the fair value of a reporting unit, the Bancorp employed an income-based approach utilizing the reporting unit’s forecasted cash flows (including a terminal value approach to estimate cash flows beyond the final year of the forecast) and the reporting unit’s estimated cost of equity as the discount rate. The Bancorp believes that this DCF method, using management projections for the respective reporting units and an appropriate risk adjusted discount rate, is most reflective of a market participant’s view of fair values given current market conditions. Under the DCF method, the forecasted cash flows were developed for each reporting unit by considering several key business drivers such as new business initiatives, client retention standards, market share changes, anticipated loan and deposit growth, forward interest rates, historical performance, and industry and economic trends, among other considerations.

The long-term growth rate used in determining the terminal value of each reporting unit was estimated at three percent based on the Bancorp’s assessment of the minimum expected terminal growth rate of each reporting unit, as well as broader economic considerations such as gross domestic product and inflation. Discount rates were estimated based on a Capital Asset Pricing Model, which considers the risk-free interest rate, market risk premium, beta, and in some cases, unsystematic risk and size premium adjustments specific to a particular reporting unit. The discount rates used to develop the estimated fair value of the reporting units were as follows:

	Discount Rate
Commercial Banking		16.9	%
Branch Banking		15.9	%
Investment Advisors		18.7	%

Based on the results of the Step 1 test, the Bancorp determined that the fair value of the Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, and Investment Advisors segments exceeded their respective carrying values, and consequently, no further testing was required.

The Step 1 analysis prepared for the Bancorp’s segments resulted in the fair values of the Commercial Banking and Branch Banking segments exceeding their carrying values, including goodwill, by 9% and 4% respectively, while the fair value of the Investment Advisors segment substantially exceeded its carrying value, including goodwill.

The long-term growth rate required to avoid failing Step 1 for the Commercial Banking reporting unit, with all other assumptions held constant, was 0.3%. Other key assumptions used in forecasting cash flows for the Commercial Banking reporting unit include commercial loan portfolio growth as well as long-term credit loss rates, which are based on long-term historical loss rates and management’s expectation of long-term credit quality within the portfolio.

The long-term growth rate required to avoid failing Step 1 for the Branch Banking reporting unit, with all other assumptions held constant, was 1.4%. Other key assumptions used in forecasting cash flows for the Branch Banking reporting unit include deposit growth assumptions, forecasted spreads earned on the unit’s deposits, and the impact of recent and anticipated regulatory changes affecting retail banking.

The Bancorp forecasts its deposit growth based on expected growth in loan demand as well as availability and expected use of alternative funding sources over that period. The earnings spread assumption on deposits is based on forward LIBOR rates and the sensitivity of the Bancorp’s deposit rates to changes in LIBOR. The Bancorp also considered the potential impact of recent and anticipated regulatory changes

74

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

that will impact overdraft revenue, debit interchange revenue and credit card revenue for the remainder of 2011 and beyond. Changes in these key assumptions and inputs to these key assumptions could negatively impact the fair value of the Commercial Banking and Branch Banking reporting units in future periods. These changes would include unanticipated regulatory changes, movement in interest rates and economic trends affecting the segments’ profitability.

8. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of servicing rights, core deposit intangibles, customer lists, non-compete agreements and cardholder relationships. Intangible assets, excluding servicing rights, are amortized on either a straight-line or an accelerated basis over their estimated useful lives and have an estimated weighted-average life at September 30, 2011 of 3.8 years. The Bancorp reviews intangible assets for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For more information on servicing rights, see Note 10. The details of the Bancorp’s intangible assets are shown in the following table.

	Gross Carrying		Accumulated			Valuation			Net Carrying
($ in millions)	Amount		Amortization			Allowance			Amount
As of September 30, 2011:
Mortgage servicing rights	$	2,440		(1,234	)		(544	)		662
Core deposit intangibles		439		(404	)		—			35
Other		44		(34	)		—			10
Total intangible assets	$	2,923		(1,672	)		(544	)		707
As of December 31, 2010:
Mortgage servicing rights	$	2,284		(1,146	)		(316	)		822
Core deposit intangibles		439		(389	)		—			50
Other		44		(32	)		—			12
Total intangible assets	$	2,767		(1,567	)		(316	)		884
As of September 30, 2010:
Mortgage servicing rights	$	2,167		(1,099	)		(469	)		599
Core deposit intangibles		487		(428	)		—			59
Other		53		(40	)		—			13
Total intangible assets	$	2,707		(1,567	)		(469	)		671

As of September 30, 2011, all of the Bancorp’s intangible assets were being amortized. Amortization expense recognized on intangible assets, including servicing rights, for the three months ending September 30, 2011 and 2010 was $39 million and $53 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, amortization expense was $105 million and $124 million, respectively. Estimated amortization expense for the years ending December 31, 2011 through 2015 is as follows:

	Mortgage		Other
($ in millions)	Servicing Rights		Intangible Assets		Total
Remainder of 2011	$	70		4		74
2012		235		13		248
2013		181		8		189
2014		142		4		146
2015		112		2		114

9. Variable Interest Entities

The Bancorp, in the normal course of business, engages in a variety of activities that involve VIEs, which are legal entities that lack sufficient equity to finance their activities, or the equity investors of the entities as a group lack any of the characteristics of a controlling interest. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the enterprise that has both the power to direct the activities most significant to the economic performance of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Bancorp evaluates its interest in certain entities to determine if these entities meet the definition of a VIE and whether the Bancorp is the primary beneficiary and should consolidate the entity based on the variable interests it held both at inception and when there is a change in circumstances that require a reconsideration. If the Bancorp is determined to be the primary beneficiary of a VIE, it must account for the VIE as a consolidated subsidiary. If the Bancorp is determined not to be the primary beneficiary of a VIE but holds a variable interest in the entity, such variable interests are accounted for under the equity method of accounting or other accounting standards as appropriate.

75

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Consolidated VIEs

The following table provides a summary of the classifications of consolidated VIE assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interest included in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of:

September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)	Home Equity Securitization			Automobile Loan Securitizations			CDC Investment			Total
Assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	5			30			—			35
Other short-term investments		—			7			—			7
Commercial mortgage loans		—			—			29			29
Home equity		228			—			—			228
Automobile loans		—			334			—			334
ALLL		(5	)		(4	)		(1	)		(10	)
Other assets		1			1			1			3
Total assets		229			368			29			626
Liabilities:
Other liabilities	$	—			5			—			5
Long-term debt		26			244			—			270
Total liabilities	$	26			249			—			275
Noncontrolling interest								29			29
December 31, 2010 ($ in millions)	Home Equity Securitization			Automobile Loan Securitizations			CDC Investment			Total
Assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	7			45			—			52
Other short-term investments		—			7			—			7
Commercial mortgage loans		—			—			29			29
Home equity		241			—			—			241
Automobile loans		—			648			—			648
ALLL		(5	)		(8	)		(1	)		(14	)
Other assets		1			5			1			7
Total assets		244			697			29			970
Liabilities:
Other liabilities	$	—			12			—			12
Long-term debt		133			559			—			692
Total liabilities	$	133			571			—			704
Noncontrolling interest								29			29
September 30, 2010 ($ in millions)	Home Equity Securitization			Automobile Loan Securitizations			CDC Investment			Total
Assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	5			51			—			56
Other short-term investments		—			7			—			7
Commercial mortgage loans		—			—			29			29
Home equity		248			—			—			248
Automobile loans		—			771			—			771
ALLL		(5	)		(9	)		(1	)		(15	)
Other assets		1			5			1			7
Total assets		249			825			29			1,103
Liabilities:
Other liabilities	$	—			17			—			17
Long-term debt		147			687			—			834
Total liabilities	$	147			704			—			851
Noncontrolling interest								29			29

76

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Home Equity and Automobile Loan Securitizations

The Bancorp previously sold $903 million of home equity lines of credit to an isolated trust. Additionally, the Bancorp previously sold $2.7 billion of automobile loans to an isolated trust and conduits in three separate transactions. Each of these transactions isolated the related loans through the use of a VIE that, under accounting guidance effective prior to January 1, 2010, was not consolidated by the Bancorp. The VIEs were funded through loans from large multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduits sponsored by third party agents, asset-backed securities issued with varying levels of credit subordination and payment priority, and residual interests. The Bancorp retained residual interests in these entities and, therefore, has an obligation to absorb losses and a right to receive benefits from the VIEs that could potentially be significant to the VIEs. In addition, the Bancorp retained servicing rights for the underlying loans and, therefore, holds the power to direct the activities of the VIEs that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIEs. As a result, the Bancorp determined it is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs and, effective January 1, 2010, these VIEs have been consolidated in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The assets of each VIE are restricted to the settlement of the long-term debt and other liabilities of the respective entity. Third-party holders of this debt do not have recourse to the general assets of the Bancorp.

The economic performance of the VIEs is most significantly impacted by the performance of the underlying loans. The principal risks to which the entities are exposed include credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is managed through credit enhancement in the form of reserve accounts, overcollateralization, excess interest on the loans, the subordination of certain classes of asset-backed securities to other classes, and in the case of the home equity transaction, an insurance policy with a third party guaranteeing payment of accrued and unpaid interest and principal on the securities. Interest rate risk is managed by interest rate swaps between the VIEs and third parties.

CDC Investment

CDC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bancorp, was created to invest in projects to create affordable housing, revitalize business and residential areas, and preserve historic landmarks. CDC generally co-invests with other unrelated companies and/or individuals and typically makes investments in a separate legal entity that owns the property under development. The entities are usually formed as limited partnerships and LLCs, and CDC typically invests as a limited partner/investor member in the form of equity contributions. The economic performance of the VIEs is driven by the performance of their underlying investment projects as well as the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. Typically, the general partner or managing member will be the party that has the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. The Bancorp serves as the managing member of one LLC invested in a business revitalization project. The Bancorp has provided an indemnification guarantee to the investor member of this LLC related to the qualification of tax credits generated by investor member’s investment. Accordingly, the Bancorp concluded that it is the primary beneficiary and, therefore, has consolidated this VIE. As a result, the VIE is presented as a noncontrolling interest in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. This presentation includes reporting separately the equity attributable to the noncontrolling interest in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity. Additionally, the net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest is reported separately in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure related to this indemnification at September 30, 2011 is $8 million, which is based on an amount required to meet the investor member’s defined target rate of return.

Non-consolidated VIEs

The following tables provide a summary of assets and liabilities carried on the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets related to non-consolidated VIEs for which the Bancorp holds a variable interest, but is not the primary beneficiary to the VIE, as well as the Bancorp’s maximum exposure to losses associated with its interests in the entities:

As of September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)	Total Assets		Total Liabilities		Maximum Exposure
CDC investments	$	1,270		278		1,270
Private equity investments		117		—		295
Money market funds		61		—		70
Loans provided to VIEs		1,220		—		2,001
Restructured loans		11		—		13
As of December 31, 2010 ($ in millions)	Total Assets		Total Liabilities		Maximum Exposure
CDC investments	$	1,241		286		1,241
Private equity investments		129		3		322
Money market funds		148		—		158
Loans provided to VIEs		1,175		—		1,908
Restructured loans		12		—		13

77

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

As of September 30, 2010 ($ in millions)	Total Assets		Total Liabilities		Maximum Exposure
CDC investments	$	1,140		240		1,140
Private equity investments		117		—		293
Loans provided to VIEs		1,135		—		1,684
Restructured loans		26		—		27

CDC Investments

As noted previously, CDC typically invests in VIEs as a limited partner or investor member in the form of equity contributions. The Bancorp has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs because it lacks the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the underlying project or the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. This power is held by the general partners/managing members who exercise full and exclusive control of the operations of the VIEs. Accordingly, the Bancorp accounts for these investments under the equity method of accounting.

The Bancorp’s funding requirements are limited to its invested capital and any additional unfunded commitments for future equity contributions. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the VIEs is limited to the carrying amounts of the investments, including the unfunded commitments. The carrying amounts of these investments, which are included in other assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the liabilities related to the unfunded commitments, which are included in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, are included in the previous tables for all periods presented. The Bancorp has no other liquidity arrangements or obligations to purchase assets of the VIEs that would expose the Bancorp to a loss. In certain arrangements, the general partner/managing member of the VIE has guaranteed a level of projected tax credits to be received by the limited partners/investor members, thereby minimizing a portion of the Bancorp’s risk.

Private Equity Investments

The Bancorp invests as a limited partner in private equity funds which provide the Bancorp an opportunity to obtain higher rates of return on invested capital, while also creating cross-selling opportunities for the Bancorp’s commercial products. Each of the limited partnerships has an unrelated third-party general partner responsible for appointing the fund manager. The Bancorp has not been appointed fund manager for any of these private equity funds. The funds finance primarily all of their activities from the partners’ capital contributions and investment returns. The private equity funds qualify for the deferral of the amended VIE consolidation guidance. However, under the VIE consolidation guidance still applicable to the funds, the Bancorp has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of the funds because it does not absorb a majority of the funds’ expected losses or receive a majority of the funds’ expected residual returns. Therefore, the Bancorp accounts for its investments in these limited partnerships under the equity method of accounting.

The Bancorp is exposed to losses arising from negative performance of the underlying investments in the private equity funds. As a limited partner, the Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss is limited to the carrying amounts of the investments plus unfunded commitments. The carrying amounts of these investments, which are included in other assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, are included in the above tables. Also, as of September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, the unfunded commitment amounts to the funds were $178 million, $193 million and $176 million, respectively. The Bancorp made capital contributions of $14 million and $3 million, respectively, to private equity funds during the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. The Bancorp made capital contributions of $29 million and $22 million, respectively, to private equity funds during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.

Money Market Funds

Under U.S. GAAP, money market funds are generally not considered VIEs because they are generally deemed to have sufficient equity at risk to finance their activities without additional subordinated financial support, and the fund shareholders do not lack the characteristics of a controlling interest. However, when a situation arises where an investment manager provides credit support to a fund, even when not contractually required to do so, the investment manager is deemed under U.S. GAAP to have provided an implicit guarantee of the fund’s performance to the fund’s shareholders. Such an implicit guarantee would require the investment manager and other variable interest holders to reconsider the VIE status of the fund, as well as all other similar funds where such an implicit guarantee is now deemed to exist.

In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Bancorp voluntarily provided credit support of less than $1 million to a money market fund managed by FTAM. Accordingly, the Bancorp was required to analyze the money market funds and similar funds managed by FTAM under the VIE consolidation guidance still applicable to these funds to determine the primary beneficiary of each fund. In analyzing these funds, the Bancorp determined that interest rate risk and credit risk are the two main risks to which the funds are exposed. After analyzing the interest rate risk variability and credit risk variability associated with these funds, the Bancorp determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these funds because it does not absorb a majority of the funds’ expected losses or receive a majority of the funds’ expected residual returns. Therefore, the Bancorp’s investments in these funds are included as other securities in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

78

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Loans Provided to VIEs

The Bancorp has provided funding to certain unconsolidated VIEs sponsored by third parties. These VIEs are generally established to finance certain consumer and small business loans originated by third parties. The entities are primarily funded through the issuance of a loan from the Bancorp or syndication through which the Bancorp is involved. The sponsor/administrator of the entities is responsible for servicing the underlying assets in the VIEs. Because the sponsor/administrator, not the Bancorp, holds the servicing responsibilities, which include the establishment and employment of default mitigation policies and procedures, the Bancorp does not hold the power to direct the activities most significant to the economic performance of the entity and, therefore, is not the primary beneficiary.

The principal risk to which these entities are exposed is credit risk related to the underlying assets. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss is equal to the carrying amounts of the loans and unfunded commitments to the VIEs. The Bancorp’s outstanding loans to these VIEs, included in commercial loans in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, are included in the previous tables for all periods presented. Also, as of September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, the Bancorp’s unfunded commitments to these entities were $781 million, $733 million and $549 million, respectively. The loans and unfunded commitments to these VIEs are included in the Bancorp’s overall analysis of the ALLL and reserve for unfunded commitments, respectively. The Bancorp does not provide any implicit or explicit liquidity guarantees or principal value guarantees to these VIEs.

Restructured Loans

As part of loan restructuring efforts, the Bancorp received equity capital from certain borrowers to facilitate the restructuring of the borrower’s debt. These borrowers meet the definition of a VIE because the Bancorp was involved in their refinancing and because their equity capital is insufficient to fund ongoing operations. These restructurings were intended to provide the VIEs with serviceable debt levels while providing the Bancorp an opportunity to maximize the recovery of the loans. The VIEs finance their operations from earned income, capital contributions, and through restructured debt agreements. Assets of the VIEs are used to settle their specific obligations, including loan payments due to the Bancorp. The Bancorp continues to maintain its relationship with these VIEs as a lender and minority shareholder, however, it is not involved in management decisions and does not have sufficient voting rights to control the membership of the respective boards. Therefore, the Bancorp accounts for its equity investments in these VIEs under the equity method or cost method based on its percentage of ownership and ability to exercise significant influence.

The Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with these VIEs is limited to the equity investments, the principal and accrued interest on the outstanding loans, and any unfunded commitments. Due to the VIEs’ short-term cash deficit projections at the restructuring dates, the Bancorp determined that the fair value of its equity investments in these VIEs was zero. As of September 30, 2011, the Bancorp’s carrying value of these equity investments was immaterial. Additionally, the Bancorp had outstanding loans to these VIEs, included in commercial loans in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, which are included in the above tables for all periods presented. The Bancorp’s unfunded loan commitments to these VIEs were $2 million as of September 30, 2011 and $1 million at December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010. The loans and unfunded commitments to these VIEs are included in the Bancorp’s overall analysis of the ALLL and reserve for unfunded commitments, respectively. The Bancorp does not provide any implicit or explicit liquidity guarantees or principal value guarantees to these VIEs.

79

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

10. Sales of Receivables and Servicing Rights

Residential Mortgage Loan Sales

The Bancorp sold fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. In those sales, the Bancorp obtained servicing responsibilities and the investors have no recourse to the Bancorp’s other assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. The Bancorp receives annual servicing fees based on a percentage of the outstanding balance. The Bancorp identifies classes of servicing assets based on financial asset type and interest rates.

Information related to residential mortgage loan sales and the Bancorp’s mortgage banking activity, which is included in mortgage banking net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, is as follows:

	For the three months ended September 30,				For the nine months ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011		2010		2011		2010
Residential mortgage loan sales	$	3,259		4,958		9,962		11,785
Origination fees and gains on loan sales		119		173		245		332
Servicing fees		59		56		175		163

Servicing Assets

The following table presents changes in the servicing assets related to residential mortgage loans for the nine months ended September 30:

($ in millions)	2011			2010
Carrying amount as of the beginning of the period	$	1,138			979
Servicing obligations that result from the transfer of residential mortgage loans		155			180
Amortization		(87	)		(91	)
Carrying amount before valuation allowance		1,206			1,068
Valuation allowance for servicing assets:
Beginning balance		(316	)		(280	)
Servicing impairment		(228	)		(189	)
Ending balance		(544	)		(469	)
Carrying amount as of the end of the period	$	662			599

Temporary impairment or impairment recovery, affected through a change in the MSR valuation allowance, is captured as a component of mortgage banking net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the value of the MSR portfolio. This strategy includes the purchase of free-standing derivatives and various available-for-sale securities. The interest income, mark-to-market adjustments and gain or loss from sale activities associated with these portfolios are expected to economically hedge a portion of the change in value of the MSR portfolio caused by fluctuating discount rates, earnings rates and prepayment speeds.

The fair value of the servicing asset is based on the present value of expected future cash flows. The following table displays the beginning and ending fair value for the nine months ended September 30:

($ in millions)	2011		2010
Fixed rate residential mortgage loans:
Beginning balance	$	791		667
Ending balance		630		572
Adjustable rate residential mortgage loans:
Beginning balance		31		32
Ending balance		32		27

80

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following table presents activity related to valuations of the MSR portfolio and the impact of the non-qualifying hedging strategy, which is included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income:

	For the three months ended September 30,						For the nine months ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010
Securities gains, net—non-qualifying hedges on MSRs	$	6			—			12			—
Changes in fair value and settlement of free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge the MSR portfolio (Mortgage banking net revenue)		235			129			338			283
Provision for MSR impairment (Mortgage banking net revenue)		(201	)		(83	)		(228	)		(189	)

As of September 30, 2011 and 2010, the key economic assumptions used in measuring the interests that continued to be held by the Bancorp at the date of sale or securitization resulting from transactions completed during the three months ended:

		September 30, 2011										September 30, 2010
	Rate	Weighted- Average Life (in years)		Prepayment Speed (annual)			Discount Rate (annual)			Weighted- Average Default rate		Weighted- Average Life (in years)		Prepayment Speed (annual)			Discount Rate (annual)			Weighted- Average Default rate
Residential mortgage loans:
Servicing assets	Fixed		6.3		11.1	%		10.5	%		N/A		6.0		12.7	%		10.7	%		N/A
Servicing assets	Adjustable		3.7		22.3			11.4			N/A		3.4		24.4			11.6			N/A

Based on historical credit experience, expected credit losses for residential mortgage loan servicing assets have been deemed immaterial, as the Bancorp sold the majority of the underlying loans without recourse. At September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, the Bancorp serviced $56.5 billion, $54.2 billion and $52.4 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage loans for other investors. The value of interests that continue to be held by the Bancorp is subject to credit, prepayment and interest rate risks on the sold financial assets. At September 30, 2011, the sensitivity of the current fair value of residual cash flows to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in those assumptions are as follows:

						Prepayment									Residual Servicing									Weighted-Average
						Speed Assumption									Cash Flows									Default
		Fair		Weighted- Average Life (in					Impact of Adverse Change on Fair Value						Discount			Impact of Adverse Change on Fair Value									Impact of Adverse Change on Fair Value
($ in millions)	Rate	Value		years)		Rate			10%			20%			Rate			10%			20%			Rate			10%		20%
Residential mortgage loans:
Servicing assets	Fixed	$	630		4.7		16.7	%		(37	)		(71	)		10.6	%		(21	)		(41	)		—	%		—		—
Servicing assets	Adjustable		32		3.0		27.2			(2	)		(3	)		11.9			(1	)		(2	)		—			—		—

These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a 10% and 20% variation in the assumptions typically cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in the previous table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the interests that continue to be held by the Bancorp is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments and increased credit losses), which might magnify or counteract these sensitivities.

81

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

11. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Bancorp maintains an overall risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to reduce certain risks related to interest rate, prepayment and foreign currency volatility. Additionally, the Bancorp holds derivative instruments for the benefit of its commercial customers and for other business purposes. The Bancorp does not enter into unhedged speculative derivative positions.

The Bancorp’s interest rate risk management strategy involves modifying the repricing characteristics of certain financial instruments so that changes in interest rates do not adversely affect the Bancorp’s net interest margin and cash flows. Derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use as part of its interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate floors, interest rate caps, forward contracts, options and swaptions. Interest rate swap contracts are exchanges of interest payments, such as fixed-rate payments for floating-rate payments, based on a stated notional amount and maturity date. Interest rate floors protect against declining rates, while interest rate caps protect against rising interest rates. Forward contracts are contracts in which the buyer agrees to purchase, and the seller agrees to make delivery of, a specific financial instrument at a predetermined price or yield. Options provide the purchaser with the right, but not the obligation, to purchase or sell a contracted item during a specified period at an agreed upon price. Swaptions are financial instruments granting the owner the right, but not the obligation, to enter into or cancel a swap.

Prepayment volatility arises mostly from changes in fair value of the largely fixed-rate MSR portfolio, mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities. The Bancorp may enter into various free-standing derivatives (principal-only swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest rate floors, mortgage options, TBAs and interest rate swaps) to economically hedge prepayment volatility. Principal-only swaps are total return swaps based on changes in the value of the underlying mortgage principal-only trust. TBAs are a forward purchase agreement for a mortgage-backed securities trade whereby the terms of the security are undefined at the time the trade is made.

Foreign currency volatility occurs as the Bancorp enters into certain loans denominated in foreign currencies. Derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use to economically hedge these foreign denominated loans include foreign exchange swaps and forward contracts.

The Bancorp also enters into derivative contracts (including foreign exchange contracts, commodity contracts and interest rate contracts) for the benefit of commercial customers and other business purposes. The Bancorp may economically hedge significant exposures related to these free-standing derivatives by entering into offsetting third-party contracts with approved, reputable counterparties with substantially matching terms and currencies. Credit risk arises from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts. The Bancorp’s exposure is limited to the replacement value of the contracts rather than the notional, principal or contract amounts. Credit risk is minimized through credit approvals, limits, counterparty collateral and monitoring procedures.

The Bancorp’s derivative assets contain certain contracts in which the Bancorp requires the counterparties to provide collateral in the form of cash and securities to offset changes in the fair value of the derivatives, including changes in the fair value due to credit risk of the counterparty. As of September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, the balance of collateral held by the Bancorp for derivative assets was $1.2 billion, $903 million and $1.1 billion, respectively. The credit component negatively impacting the fair value of derivative assets associated with customer accommodation contracts as of September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, was $33 million, $41 million and $51 million, respectively.

In measuring the fair value of derivative liabilities, the Bancorp considers its own credit risk, taking into consideration collateral maintenance requirements of certain derivative counterparties and the duration of instruments with counterparties that do not require collateral maintenance. When necessary, the Bancorp primarily posts collateral in the form of cash and securities to offset changes in fair value of the derivatives, including changes in fair value due to the Bancorp’s credit risk. As of September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, the balance of collateral posted by the Bancorp for derivative liabilities was $758 million, $680 million and $943 million, respectively. Certain of the Bancorp’s derivative liabilities contain credit-risk related contingent features that could result in the requirement to post additional collateral upon the occurrence of specified events. As of September 30, 2011, the fair value of the additional collateral that could be required to be posted as a result of the credit-risk related contingent features being triggered was not material to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The posting of collateral has been determined to remove the need for consideration of credit risk. As a result, the Bancorp determined that the impact of the Bancorp’s credit risk to the valuation of its derivative liabilities was immaterial to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp holds certain derivative instruments that qualify for hedge accounting treatment and are designated as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges. Derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, or for which hedge accounting is not established, are held as free-standing derivatives. All customer accommodation derivatives are held as free-standing derivatives.

The fair value of derivative instruments is presented on a gross basis, even when the derivative instruments are subject to master netting arrangements. Derivative instruments with a positive fair value are reported in other assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets while derivative instruments with a negative fair value are reported in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Cash collateral payables and receivables associated with the derivative instruments are not added to or netted against the fair value amounts.

82

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following tables reflect the notional amounts and fair values for all derivative instruments included in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of:

			Fair Value
September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)	Notional Amount		Derivative Assets		Derivative Liabilities
Qualifying hedging instruments
Fair value hedges:
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt	$	4,080		679		—
Interest rate swaps related to time deposits		—		—		—
Total fair value hedges				679		—
Cash flow hedges:
Interest rate floors related to C&I loans		1,500		112		—
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans		1,500		60		—
Interest rate caps related to long-term debt		500		—		—
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt		250		—		7
Total cash flow hedges				172		7
Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments				851		7
Derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments
Free-standing derivatives—risk management and other business purposes
Interest rate contracts related to MSRs		3,577		193		2
Forward contracts and options related to held for sale mortgage loans		5,062		4		59
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt		360		1		3
Foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes		1,696		12		12
Put options associated with Processing Business Sale		901		—		1
Stock warrants associated with Processing Business Sale		205		101		—
Swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares		423		—		27
Total free-standing derivatives—risk management and other business purposes				311		104
Free-standing derivatives—customer accommodation:
Interest rate contracts for customers		29,433		827		851
Interest rate lock commitments		4,772		38		1
Commodity contracts		2,102		112		105
Foreign exchange contracts		19,243		459		435
Derivative instruments related to equity linked CDs		34		2		2
Total free-standing derivatives—customer accommodation				1,438		1,394
Total derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments				1,749		1,498
Total			$	2,600		1,505

83

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

			Fair Value
December 31, 2010 ($ in millions)	Notional Amount		Derivative Assets		Derivative Liabilities
Qualifying hedging instruments
Fair value hedges:
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt	$	4,355		442		—
Interest rate swaps related to time deposits		—		—		—
Total fair value hedges				442		—
Cash flow hedges:
Interest rate floors related to C&I loans		1,500		153		—
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans		3,000		8		—
Interest rate caps related to long-term debt		1,500		4		—
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt		1,190		—		31
Total cash flow hedges				165		31
Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments				607		31
Derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments
Free-standing derivatives—risk management and other business purposes
Interest rate contracts related to MSRs		12,477		141		81
Forward contracts related to held for sale mortgage loans		6,389		90		14
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt		173		3		1
Foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes		2,494		4		4
Put options associated with Processing Business Sale		769		—		8
Stock warrants associated with Processing Business Sale		175		79		—
Swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares		363		—		18
Total free-standing derivatives—risk management and other business purposes				317		126
Free-standing derivatives—customer accommodation:
Interest rate contracts for customers		26,817		701		735
Interest rate lock commitments		1,772		9		9
Commodity contracts		1,878		99		92
Foreign exchange contracts		17,998		339		319
Derivative instruments related to equity linked CDs		70		2		2
Total free-standing derivatives—customer accommodation				1,150		1,157
Total derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments				1,467		1,283
Total			$	2,074		1,314

84

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

			Fair Value
September 30, 2010 ($ in millions)	Notional Amount		Derivative Assets		Derivative Liabilities
Qualifying hedging instruments
Fair value hedges:
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt	$	4,355		683		—
Interest rate swaps related to time deposits		230		—		—
Total fair value hedges				683		—
Cash flow hedges:
Interest rate floors related to C&I loans		1,500		176		—
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans		3,500		19		16
Interest rate caps related to long-term debt		2,500		2		—
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt		804		—		22
Total cash flow hedges				197		38
Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments				880		38
Derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments
Free-standing derivatives—risk management and other business purposes
Interest rate contracts related to MSRs		6,717		248		11
Forward contracts related to held for sale mortgage loans		7,037		2		32
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt		247		4		1
Foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes		2,671		14		14
Put options associated with Processing Business Sale		759		—		8
Stock warrants associated with Processing Business Sale		173		76		—
Swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares		384		—		48
Total free-standing derivatives—risk management and other business purposes				344		114
Free-standing derivatives—customer accommodation:
Interest rate contracts for customers		27,376		918		963
Interest rate lock commitments		4,264		35		—
Commodity contracts		1,561		105		97
Foreign exchange contracts		15,643		259		235
Derivative instruments related to equity linked CDs		106		1		1
Total free-standing derivatives—customer accommodation				1,318		1,296
Total derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments				1,662		1,410
Total			$	2,542		1,448

Fair Value Hedges

The Bancorp may enter into interest rate swaps to convert its fixed-rate funding to floating-rate. Decisions to convert fixed-rate funding to floating are made primarily through consideration of the asset/liability mix of the Bancorp, the desired asset/liability sensitivity and interest rate levels. As of September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, certain interest rate swaps met the criteria required to qualify for the shortcut method of accounting. Based on this shortcut method of accounting treatment, no ineffectiveness is assumed. For interest rate swaps that do not meet the shortcut requirements, an assessment of hedge effectiveness using regression analysis was performed and such swaps were accounted for using the “long-haul” method. The long-haul method requires a quarterly assessment of hedge effectiveness and measurement of ineffectiveness. For interest rate swaps accounted for as a fair value hedge using the long-haul method, ineffectiveness is the difference between the changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap and changes in fair value of the related hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. The ineffectiveness on interest rate swaps hedging fixed-rate funding is reported within interest expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table reflects the change in fair value of interest rate contracts, designated as fair value hedges, as well as the change in fair value of the related hedged items attributable to the risk being hedged, included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income:

	Condensed Consolidated	For the three months ended September 30,						For the nine months ended September 30,
($ in millions)	Statements of Income Caption	2011			2010			2011			2010
Interest rate contracts:
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps hedging long-term debt	Interest on long-term debt	$	258			123			238			408
Change in fair value of hedged long-term debt	Interest on long-term debt		(255	)		(122	)		(242	)		(409	)
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps hedging time deposits	Interest on deposits		—			1			—			6
Change in fair value of hedged time deposits	Interest on deposits		—			(1	)		—			(6	)

85

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Cash Flow Hedges

The Bancorp may enter into interest rate swaps to convert floating-rate assets and liabilities to fixed rates or to hedge certain forecasted transactions. The assets or liabilities may be grouped in circumstances where they share the same risk exposure for which the Bancorp desired to hedge. The Bancorp may also enter into interest rate caps and floors to limit cash flow variability of floating rate assets and liabilities. As of September 30, 2011, all hedges designated as cash flow hedges are assessed for effectiveness using regression analysis. Ineffectiveness is generally measured as the amount by which the cumulative change in the fair value of the hedging instrument exceeds the present value of the cumulative change in the hedged item’s expected cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged. Ineffectiveness is reported within other noninterest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The effective portion of the cumulative gains or losses on cash flow hedges are reported within accumulated other comprehensive income and are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to current period earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings.

Reclassified gains and losses on interest rate contracts related to commercial and industrial loans are recorded within interest income while reclassified gains and losses on interest rate contracts related to debt are recorded within interest expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. As of September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, $92 million, $67 million and $74 million, respectively, of deferred gains, net of tax, on cash flow hedges were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of September 30, 2011, $61 million in net deferred gains, net of tax, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income are expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next twelve months. During the third quarter of 2011, $11 million of losses were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into noninterest expense as it was determined that the original forecasted transaction was no longer probable of occurring by the end of the originally specified time period or within the additional period of time as defined by U.S. GAAP. During the three and nine months ended 2010, there were no gains or losses reclassified into earnings associated with the discontinuance of cash flow hedges because it was probable that the original forecasted transaction would not occur.

The following table presents the net gains (losses) recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income and accumulated other comprehensive income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity relating to derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges.

	For the three months ended  September 30,					For the nine months ended  September 30,
($ in millions)	2011			2010		2011		2010
Amount of net gain (loss) recognized in OCI	$	27			—		59		(2	)
Amount of net gain (loss) reclassified from OCI into net income		(10	)		17		21		46
Amount of ineffectiveness recognized in other noninterest income		—			2		2		2

Free-Standing Derivative Instruments – Risk Management and Other Business Purposes

As part of its overall risk management strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity, the Bancorp may enter into various free-standing derivatives (principal-only swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest rate floors, mortgage options, TBAs and interest rate swaps) to economically hedge changes in fair value of its largely fixed-rate MSR portfolio. Principal-only swaps hedge the mortgage-LIBOR spread because these swaps appreciate in value as a result of tightening spreads. Principal-only swaps also provide prepayment protection by increasing in value when prepayment speeds increase, as opposed to MSRs that lose value in a faster prepayment environment. Receive fixed/pay floating interest rate swaps and swaptions increase in value when interest rates do not increase as quickly as expected.

The Bancorp enters into forward contracts and mortgage options to economically hedge the change in fair value of certain residential mortgage loans held for sale due to changes in interest rates. The Bancorp may also enter into forward swaps to economically hedge the change in fair value of certain commercial mortgage loans held for sale due to changes in interest rates. Interest rate lock commitments issued on residential mortgage loan commitments that will be held for sale are also considered free-standing derivative instruments and the interest rate exposure on these commitments is economically hedged primarily with forward contracts. Revaluation gains and losses from free-standing derivatives related to mortgage banking activity are recorded as a component of mortgage banking net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

Additionally, the Bancorp may enter into free-standing derivative instruments (options, swaptions and interest rate swaps) in order to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate and prepayment volatility. The gains and losses on these derivative contracts are recorded within other noninterest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

In conjunction with the Processing Business Sale in 2009, the Bancorp received warrants and issued put options, which are accounted for as free-standing derivatives. Refer to Note 20 for further discussion of significant inputs and assumptions used in the valuation of these instruments.

In conjunction with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares in 2009, the Bancorp entered into a total return swap in which the Bancorp will make or receive payments based on subsequent changes in the conversion rate of the Class B shares into Class A shares. This total return swap is

86

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

accounted for as a free-standing derivative. See Note 20 for further discussion of significant inputs and assumptions used in the valuation of this instrument.

The Bancorp enters into certain derivatives (forwards, futures and options) related to its foreign exchange business. These derivative contracts are not designated against specific assets or liabilities or to forecasted transactions. Therefore, these instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. The Bancorp economically hedges the exposures related to these derivative contracts by entering into offsetting contracts with approved, reputable, independent counterparties with substantially similar terms. Revaluation gains and losses on these foreign currency derivative contracts are recorded within other noninterest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

The net gains (losses) recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income relating to free-standing derivative instruments used for risk management and other business purposes are summarized in the following table:

($ in millions)	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income Caption	For the three months ended  September 30,						For the nine months ended September 30,
		2011			2010			2011			2010
Interest rate contracts:
Forward contracts related to residential mortgage loans held for sale	Mortgage banking net revenue	$	(57	)		18			(136	)		(63	)
Interest rate swaps and swaptions related to MSR portfolio	Mortgage banking net revenue		235			129			337			283
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt	Other noninterest income		2			—			6			2
Foreign exchange contracts:
Foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes	Other noninterest income		—			(1	)		—			1
Equity contracts:
Warrants associated with Processing Business Sale	Other noninterest income		(3	)		(6	)		22			1
Put options associated with Processing Business Sale	Other noninterest income		6			1			8			1
Swap associated with sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares	Other noninterest income		(17	)		(5	)		(30	)		(14	)

Free-Standing Derivative Instruments – Customer Accommodation

The majority of the free-standing derivative instruments the Bancorp enters into are for the benefit of its commercial customers. These derivative contracts are not designated against specific assets or liabilities on the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets or to forecasted transactions and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting. These instruments include foreign exchange derivative contracts entered into for the benefit of commercial customers involved in international trade to hedge their exposure to foreign currency fluctuations and commodity contracts to hedge such items as natural gas and various other derivative contracts. The Bancorp may economically hedge significant exposures related to these derivative contracts entered into for the benefit of customers by entering into offsetting contracts with approved, reputable, independent counterparties with substantially matching terms. The Bancorp hedges its interest rate exposure on commercial customer transactions by executing offsetting swap agreements with primary dealers. Revaluation gains and losses on interest rate, foreign exchange, commodity and other commercial customer derivative contracts are recorded as a component of corporate banking revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Bancorp enters into risk participation agreements, under which the Bancorp assumes credit exposure relating to certain underlying interest rate derivative contracts. The Bancorp only enters into these risk participation agreements in instances in which the Bancorp has participated in the loan that the underlying interest rate derivative contract was designed to hedge. The Bancorp will make payments under these agreements if a customer defaults on its obligation to perform under the terms of the underlying interest rate derivative contract. As of September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, the total notional amount of the risk participation agreements was $722 million, $851 million and $776 million, respectively, and the fair value was a liability of $2 million at September 30, 2011 and $1 million at December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, which is included in interest rate contracts for customers. As of September 30, 2011, the risk participation agreements had an average life of 2.6 years.

The Bancorp’s maximum exposure in the risk participation agreements is contingent on the fair value of the underlying interest rate derivative contracts in an asset position at the time of default. The Bancorp monitors the credit risk associated with the underlying customers in the risk participation agreements through the same risk grading system currently utilized for establishing loss reserves in its loan and lease portfolio.

87

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Risk ratings of the notional amount of risk participation agreements under this risk rating system are summarized in the following table:

($ in millions)	September 30, 2011		December 31, 2010		September 30, 2010
Pass	$	654		744		516
Special mention		9		37		192
Substandard		54		69		11
Doubtful		4		1		7
Loss		1		—		50
Total	$	722		851		776

The net gains (losses) recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income relating to free-standing derivative instruments used for customer accommodation are summarized in the following table:

($ in millions)	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income Caption	For the three months ended  September 30,						For the nine months ended  September 30,
		2011			2010			2011			2010
Interest rate contracts:
Interest rate contracts for customers (contract revenue)	Corporate banking revenue	$	7			7			22			18
Interest rate contracts for customers (credit losses)	Other noninterest expense		—			(6	)		(12	)		(13	)
Interest rate contracts for customers (credit portion of fair value adjustment)	Other noninterest expense		—			(3	)		10			(11	)
Interest rate lock commitments	Mortgage banking net revenue		100			101			156			210
Commodity contracts:
Commodity contracts for customers (contract revenue)	Corporate banking revenue		3			2			6			6
Commodity contracts for customers (credit portion of fair value adjustment)	Other noninterest expense		(1	)		—			—			(1	)
Foreign exchange contracts:
Foreign exchange contracts—customers (contract revenue)	Corporate banking revenue		17			14			48			46
Foreign exchange contracts—customers (credit portion of fair value adjustment)	Other noninterest expense		(3	)		1			(2	)		1

12. Long-Term Debt

On January 25, 2011, the Bancorp issued $1.0 billion of senior notes to third party investors, and entered into a Supplemental Indenture dated January 25, 2011 with Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, which modified the existing Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated April 30, 2008 between the Bancorp and the Trustee. The Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture define the rights of the Senior Notes, which Senior Notes are represented by Global Securities dated as of January 25, 2011. The Senior Notes bear a fixed rate of interest of 3.625% per annum. The notes are unsecured, senior obligations of the Bancorp. Payment of the full principal amounts of the notes is due upon maturity on January 25, 2016. The notes are not subject to redemption at the Bancorp’s option at any time prior to maturity.

In the second quarter of 2011, the Bancorp redeemed $452 million of certain trust preferred securities, at par, classified as long-term debt. The trust preferred securities redeemed related to the Fifth Third Capital Trust VII, First National Bankshares Statutory Trust I and R&G Capital Trust II, LLT. As a result of these redemptions the Bancorp recorded a $6 million gain on the extinguishment within other noninterest expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

In the third quarter of 2011, the Bancorp redeemed $40 million of certain trust preferred securities, at par, classified as long-term debt. The trust preferred securities redeemed related to the R&G Crown Cap Trust IV and First National Bankshares Statutory Trust II. As a result of these redemptions the Bancorp recorded a $1 million gain on the extinguishment within other noninterest expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2011, the Bancorp terminated a $500 million FHLB advance and incurred a termination fee of $2 million within other noninterest expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

13. Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Guarantees

The Bancorp, in the normal course of business, enters into financial instruments and various agreements to meet the financing needs of its customers. The Bancorp also enters into certain transactions and agreements to manage its interest rate and prepayment risks, provide funding, equipment and locations for its operations and invest in its communities. These instruments and agreements involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk, counterparty risk and market risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The creditworthiness of counterparties for all instruments and agreements is evaluated on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the Bancorp’s credit policies. The Bancorp’s significant commitments, contingent liabilities and guarantees in excess of the amounts recognized in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets are discussed in further detail below:

88

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Commitments

The Bancorp has certain commitments to make future payments under contracts. The following table reflects a summary of significant commitments as of:

($ in millions)	September 30, 2011		December 31, 2010		September 30, 2010
Commitments to extend credit	$	46,019		43,677		43,003
Letters of credit		4,949		5,516		5,847
Forward contracts to sell mortgage loans		4,602		6,389		7,637
Noncancelable lease obligations		856		869		874
Capital commitments for private equity investments		178		193		176
Purchase obligations		117		64		42
Capital expenditures		42		48		44
Capital lease obligations		25		32		38

Commitments to extend credit

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend, typically having fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses that may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. The Bancorp is exposed to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty for the amount of the contract. Fixed-rate commitments are also subject to market risk resulting from fluctuations in interest rates and the Bancorp’s exposure is limited to the replacement value of those commitments. As of September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, the Bancorp had a reserve for unfunded commitments totaling $187 million, $227 million and $231 million, respectively, included in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Bancorp monitors the credit risk associated with commitments to extend credit using the same risk rating system utilized within its loan and lease portfolio. Risk ratings under this risk rating system are summarized in the following table:

($ in millions)	September 30, 2011		December 31, 2010		September 30, 2010
Pass	$	45,015		42,326		41,523
Special mention		545		556		650
Substandard		443		758		774
Doubtful		16		37		56
Total	$	46,019		43,677		43,003

Letters of credit

Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party and, as of September 30, 2011, expire as summarized in the following table:

($ in millions)
Less than 1 year(a)	$	2,009
1 - 5 years(a)		2,763
Over 5 years		177
Total	$	4,949

(a) Includes $112 and $1 issued on behalf of commercial customers to facilitate trade payments in U.S. dollars and foreign currencies which expire less than one year and between one and five years, respectively.

Standby letters of credit accounted for 98% of total letters of credit at September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010, compared to 99% at December 31, 2010 and are considered guarantees in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Approximately 55% of the total standby letters of credit were fully secured as of September 30, 2011 compared to 54% at December 31, 2010 and 56% at September 30, 2010. In the event of nonperformance by the customers, the Bancorp has rights to the underlying collateral, which can include commercial real estate, physical plant and property, inventory, receivables, cash and marketable securities. At September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, the reserve related to these standby letters of credit was $2 million, $10 million and $12 million, respectively. The Bancorp monitors the credit risk associated with letters of credit using the same risk rating system utilized within its loan and lease portfolio. Risk ratings under this risk rating system are summarized in the following table:

89

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

($ in millions)	September 30, 2011		December 31, 2010		September 30, 2010
Pass	$	4,486		4,944		5,257
Special mention		204		193		269
Substandard		253		360		316
Doubtful		5		17		5
Loss		1		2		—
Total	$	4,949		5,516		5,847

At September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, the Bancorp had outstanding letters of credit that were supporting certain securities issued as VRDNs. The Bancorp facilitates financing for its commercial customers, which consist of companies and municipalities, by marketing the VRDNs to investors. The VRDNs pay interest to holders at a rate of interest that fluctuates based upon market demand. The VRDNs generally have long-term maturity dates, but can be tendered by the holder for purchase at par value upon proper advance notice. When the VRDNs are tendered, a remarketing agent generally finds another investor to purchase the VRDNs to keep the securities outstanding in the market. As of September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, FTS acted as the remarketing agent to issuers on $3.0 billion, $3.4 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively, of VRDNs. As remarketing agent, FTS is responsible for finding purchasers for VRDNs that are put by investors. The Bancorp issues letters of credit, as a credit enhancement, to the VRDNs remarketed by FTS, in addition to $455 million, $563 million and $676 million in VRDNs remarketed by third parties at September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, respectively. These letters of credit are included in the total letters of credit balance provided in the previous table. At September 30, 2011, FTS held $2 million of these VRDN’s in its portfolio and classified them as trading securities, compared to $1 million at December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010. In addition, at September 30, 2011, the Bancorp held an immaterial amount of VRDNs which were purchased from the market, through FTS and held in its trading securities portfolio, compared to $105 million and $113 million at December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, respectively. For the VRDNs remarketed by third parties, in some cases the remarketing agent has failed to remarket the securities and has instructed the indenture trustee to draw upon $11 million and $14 million of letters of credit issued by the Bancorp at December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010 respectively. The amount of failed remarketing draws on letters of credit issued by the Bancorp was immaterial at September 30, 2011. The Bancorp recorded these draws as commercial loans in its Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Forward contracts to sell mortgage loans

The Bancorp enters into forward contracts to economically hedge the change in fair value of certain residential mortgage loans held for sale due to changes in interest rates. The outstanding notional amounts of these forward contracts are included in the summary of significant commitments table above for all periods presented.

Noncancelable lease obligations and other commitments

The Bancorp’s subsidiaries have entered into a number of noncancelable lease agreements. The minimum rental commitments under noncancelable lease agreements are shown in the summary of significant commitments table. The Bancorp or its subsidiaries have also entered into a limited number of agreements for work related to banking center construction and to purchase goods or services.

Contingent Liabilities

Private mortgage reinsurance

For certain mortgage loans originated by the Bancorp, borrowers may be required to obtain PMI provided by third-party insurers. In some instances, these insurers cede a portion of the PMI premiums to the Bancorp, and the Bancorp provides reinsurance coverage within a specified range of the total PMI coverage. The Bancorp’s reinsurance coverage typically ranges from 5% to 10% of the total PMI coverage. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the Bancorp’s total outstanding reinsurance coverage, which was $92 million at September 30, 2011 and $122 million at December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010. As of September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, the Bancorp maintained a reserve of $28 million, $42 million and $37 million, respectively, related to exposures within the reinsurance portfolio. During the second quarter of 2009, the Bancorp suspended the practice of providing reinsurance of private mortgage insurance for newly originated mortgage loans. In the second quarter of 2011, the Bancorp allowed one of its third-party insurers to terminate its reinsurance agreement with the Bancorp, resulting in the Bancorp releasing collateral to the insurer in the form of investment securities and other assets with a carrying value of $5 million, and the insurer assuming the Bancorp’s obligations under the reinsurance agreement, resulting in a decrease to the Bancorp’s reserve liability of $11 million and decrease in the Bancorp’s maximum exposure of $27 million.

Legal claims

There are legal claims pending against the Bancorp and its subsidiaries that have arisen in the normal course of business. See Note 14 for additional information regarding these proceedings.

Guarantees

The Bancorp has performance obligations upon the occurrence of certain events under financial guarantees provided in certain contractual arrangements as discussed in the following sections.

90

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Residential mortgage loans sold with representation and warranty provisions

Conforming residential mortgage loans sold to unrelated third parties are generally sold with representation and warranty provisions. A contractual liability arises only in the event of a breach of these representations and warranties and, in general, only when a loss results from the breach. The Bancorp may be required to repurchase any previously sold loan or indemnify (make whole) the investor or insurer for which the representation or warranty of the Bancorp proves to be inaccurate, incomplete or misleading.

The Bancorp establishes a residential mortgage repurchase reserve related to various representations and warranties that reflects management’s estimate of losses based on a combination of factors. Such factors incorporate historical investor audit and repurchase demand rates, appeals success rates and historical loss severity. At the time of a loan sale, the Bancorp records a representation and warranty reserve at the estimated fair value of the Bancorp’s guarantee and continually updates the reserve during the life of the loan as losses in excess of the reserve become probable and reasonably estimable. The provision for the estimated fair value of the representation and warranty guarantee arising from the loan sales is recorded as an adjustment to the gain on sale, which is included in other noninterest income at the time of sale. Updates to the reserve are recorded in other noninterest expense. The majority of repurchase demands occur within the first 36 months following origination.

As of September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, the Bancorp maintained reserves related to these loans sold with representation and warranty provisions totaling $52 million, $85 million and $86 million, respectively. The following table summarizes activity in the reserve for representation and warranty provisions:

	Three Months Ended September  30,						Nine Months Ended September  30,
($ in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010
Balance, beginning of period	$	60			65			85			37
Net additions to the reserve		20			47			34			98
Losses charged against the reserve		(28	)		(26	)		(67	)		(49	)
Balance, end of period	$	52			86			52			86

The following table provides a rollforward of unresolved claims by claimant type for the nine months ended September 30, 2011:

	GSE						Private Label
($ in millions)	Units			Dollars			Units			Dollars
Balance, beginning of period		845		$	150			71		$	11
New demands		1,550			259			93			22
Loan paydowns/payoffs		(17	)		(3	)		(2	)		—
Resolved claims		(1,977	)		(342	)		(62	)		(12	)
Balance, end of period		401		$	64			100		$	21

Residential mortgage loans sold with credit recourse

The Bancorp sold certain residential mortgage loans in the secondary market with credit recourse. In the event of any customer default, pursuant to the credit recourse provided, the Bancorp is required to reimburse the third party. The maximum amount of credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the total outstanding balance. In the event of nonperformance, the Bancorp has rights to the underlying collateral value securing the loan. The outstanding balances on these loans sold with credit recourse were $828 million, $916 million and $971 million at September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, respectively, and the delinquency rates were 7.3% at September 30, 2011, 8.7% at December 31, 2010, and 7.2% at September 30, 2010. The Bancorp maintained an estimated credit loss reserve on these loans sold with credit recourse of $17 million at September 30, 2011 and 2010 and $16 million at December 31, 2010 recorded in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. To determine the credit loss reserve, the Bancorp used an approach that is consistent with its overall approach in estimating credit losses for various categories of residential mortgage loans held in its loan portfolio.

Margin accounts

FTS, a subsidiary of the Bancorp, guarantees the collection of all margin account balances held by its brokerage clearing agent for the benefit of its customers. FTS is responsible for payment to its brokerage clearing agent for any loss, liability, damage, cost or expense incurred as a result of customers failing to comply with margin or margin maintenance calls on all margin accounts. The margin account balance held by the brokerage clearing agent was $12 million at September 30, 2011, $10 million at December 31, 2010, and $7 million at September 30, 2010. In the event of any customer default, FTS has rights to the underlying collateral provided. Given the existence of the underlying collateral provided and negligible historical credit losses, the Bancorp does not maintain a loss reserve related to the margin accounts.

91

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Long-term borrowing obligations

The Bancorp had fully and unconditionally guaranteed certain long-term borrowing obligations issued by wholly-owned issuing trust entities of $2.3 billion as of September 30, 2011, $2.9 billion as of December 31, 2010, and $2.8 billion at September 30, 2010.

Visa litigation

The Bancorp, as a member bank of Visa prior to Visa’s reorganization and IPO (the “IPO”) of its Class A common shares in 2008, had certain indemnification obligations pursuant to Visa’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws and in accordance with their membership agreements. In accordance with Visa’s by-laws prior to the IPO, the Bancorp could have been required to indemnify Visa for the Bancorp’s proportional share of losses based on the pre-IPO membership interests. As part of its reorganization and IPO, the Bancorp’s indemnification obligation was modified to include only certain known litigation (the “Covered Litigation”) as of the date of the restructuring. This modification triggered a requirement to recognize a $3 million liability for the year ended December 31, 2007 equal to the fair value of the indemnification obligation. Additionally during 2007, the Bancorp recorded $169 million for its share of litigation formally settled by Visa and for probable future litigation settlements. In conjunction with the IPO, the Bancorp received 10.1 million of Visa’s Class B shares based on the Bancorp’s membership percentage in Visa prior to the IPO. The Class B shares are not transferable (other than to another member bank) until the later of the third anniversary of the IPO closing or the date which the Covered Litigation has been resolved; therefore, the Bancorp’s Class B shares were classified in other assets and accounted for at their carryover basis of $0. Visa deposited $3 billion of the proceeds from the IPO into a litigation escrow account, established for the purpose of funding judgments in, or settlements of, the Covered Litigation. If Visa’s litigation committee determines that the escrow account is insufficient, then Visa will issue additional Class A shares and deposit the proceeds from the sale of the shares into the litigation escrow account. When Visa funds the litigation escrow account, the Class B shares are subject to dilution through an adjustment in the conversion rate of Class B shares into Class A shares. During 2008, the Bancorp recorded additional reserves of $71 million for probable future settlements related to the Covered Litigation and recorded its proportional share of $169 million of the Visa escrow account net against the Bancorp’s litigation reserve.

During 2009, Visa announced it had deposited an additional $700 million into the litigation escrow account. As a result of this funding, the Bancorp recorded its proportional share of $29 million of these additional funds as a reduction to its net Visa litigation reserve liability and a reduction to noninterest expense. Later in 2009, the Bancorp completed the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares for proceeds of $300 million. As part of this transaction the Bancorp entered into a total return swap in which the Bancorp will make or receive payments based on subsequent changes in the conversion rate of the Class B shares into Class A shares. The swap terminates on the later of the third anniversary of Visa’s IPO or the date on which the Covered Litigation is settled. The Bancorp calculates the fair value of the swap based on its estimate of the probability and timing of certain Covered Litigation settlement scenarios and the resulting payments related to the swap. The counterparty to the swap as a result of its ownership of the Class B shares will be impacted by dilutive adjustments to the conversion rate of the Class B shares into Class A shares caused by any Covered Litigation losses in excess of the litigation escrow account. If actual judgments in, or settlements of, the Covered Litigation significantly exceed current expectations, then additional funding by Visa of the litigation escrow account and the resulting dilution of the Class B shares could result in a scenario where the Bancorp’s ultimate exposure associated with the Covered Litigation (the “Visa Litigation Exposure”) exceeds the value of the Class B shares owned by the swap counterparty (the “Class B Value”). In the event the Bancorp concludes that it is probable that the Visa Litigation Exposure exceeds the Class B Value, the Bancorp would record a litigation reserve liability and a corresponding amount of other noninterest expense for the amount of the excess. Any such litigation reserve liability would be separate and distinct from the fair value derivative liability associated with the total return swap.

As of the date of the Bancorp’s sale of Visa Class B shares and through September 30, 2011, the Bancorp has concluded that it is not probable that the Visa Covered Litigation Exposure will exceed the Class B Value. Based on this determination, upon the sale of Class B shares, the Bancorp reversed its net Visa litigation reserve liability and recognized a free-standing derivative liability associated with the total return swap with an initial fair value of $55 million. The sale of the Class B shares, recognition of the derivative liability and reversal of the net litigation reserve liability resulted in a pre-tax benefit of $288 million ($187 million after-tax) recognized by the Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2009. In the second quarter of 2010, Visa funded an additional $500 million into the escrow account which resulted in further dilution in the conversion of Class B shares into Class A shares and required the Bancorp to make a $20 million cash payment (which reduced the swap liability) to the swap counterparty in accordance with the terms of the swap contract. In the fourth quarter of 2010, Visa funded an additional $800 million into the litigation escrow account which resulted in further dilution in the conversion of Class B shares into Class A shares and required the Bancorp to make a $35 million cash payment (which reduced the swap liability) to the swap counterparty in accordance with the terms of the swap contract. In the second quarter of 2011, Visa funded an additional $400 million into the litigation escrow account. Upon Visa’s funding of the litigation escrow account in the second quarter of 2011, along with additional terms of the total return swap, the Bancorp made a $19 million cash payment (which reduced the swap liability) to the swap counterparty. The fair value of the swap liability was $27 million as of September 30, 2011, compared to $18 million and $48 million at December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, respectively.

92

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

14. Legal and Regulatory Proceedings

During April 2006, the Bancorp was added as a defendant in a consolidated antitrust class action lawsuit originally filed against Visa^®, MasterCard^® and several other major financial institutions in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York. The plaintiffs, merchants operating commercial businesses throughout the U.S. and trade associations, claim that the interchange fees charged by card-issuing banks are unreasonable and seek injunctive relief and unspecified damages. In addition to being a named defendant, the Bancorp is also subject to a possible indemnification obligation of Visa as discussed in Note 13 and has also entered into with Visa, MasterCard and certain other named defendants judgment and loss sharing agreements that attempt to allocate financial responsibility to the parties thereto in the event certain settlements or judgments occur. Accordingly, prior to the sale of Class B shares during 2009, the Bancorp had recorded a litigation reserve of $243 million to account for its potential exposure in this and related litigation. Additionally, the Bancorp had also recorded its proportional share of $199 million of the Visa escrow account funded with proceeds from the Visa IPO along with several subsequent fundings. Upon the Bancorp’s sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares during 2009, and the recognition of the total return swap that transfers conversion risk of the Class B shares back to the Bancorp, the Bancorp reversed the remaining net litigation reserve related to the Bancorp’s exposure through Visa. Additionally, the Bancorp has remaining reserves related to this litigation of $31 million, $30 million and $30 million as of September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, respectively. Refer to Note 13 for further information regarding the Bancorp’s net litigation reserve and ownership interest in Visa. This antitrust litigation is still in the pre-trial phase.

In September 2007, Ronald A. Katz Technology Licensing, L.P. (Katz) filed a suit in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio against the Bancorp and its Ohio banking subsidiary. In the suit, Katz alleges that the Bancorp and its Ohio bank are infringing on Katz’s patents for interactive call processing technology by offering certain automated telephone banking and other services. This lawsuit is one of many related patent infringement suits brought by Katz in various courts against numerous other defendants. Katz is seeking unspecified monetary damages and penalties as well as injunctive relief in the suit. Management believes there are substantial defenses to these claims and intends to defend them vigorously. The impact of the final disposition of this lawsuit cannot be assessed at this time.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, five putative securities class action complaints were filed against the Bancorp and its Chief Executive Officer, among other parties. The five cases have been consolidated, and are currently pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio. The lawsuits allege violations of federal securities laws related to disclosures made by the Bancorp in press releases and filings with the SEC regarding its quality and sufficiency of capital, credit losses and related matters, and seeking unquantified damages on behalf of putative classes of persons who either purchased the Bancorp’s securities, or acquired the Bancorp’s securities pursuant to the acquisition of First Charter Corporation. These cases remain in the discovery stages of litigation. The impact of the final disposition of these lawsuits cannot be assessed at this time. In addition to the foregoing, two cases were filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio against the Bancorp and certain officers alleging violations of ERISA based on allegations similar to those set forth in the securities class action cases filed during the same period of time. The two cases alleging violations of ERISA were dismissed by the trial court, and are being appealed to the United States Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals.

On September 16, 2010, Edward P. Zemprelli (Zemprelli) filed a lawsuit in the Hamilton County, Ohio Court of Common Pleas. The lawsuit was a purported derivative action brought by a shareholder of the Bancorp against certain of the Bancorp’s officers and directors, and which named the Bancorp as a nominal defendant. In the lawsuit, Zemprelli brought claims for breach of fiduciary duty, waste of corporate assets, and unjust enrichment against the defendant officers and directors. The alleged basis for these claims was that the defendant officers and directors attempted to disguise from the public the truth about the credit quality of the Bancorp’s loan portfolio, its capital position, and its need to raise capital. Zemprelli, on behalf of the Bancorp, brought unspecified money damages allegedly sustained by the Bancorp as a result of the defendants’ conduct, as well as injunctive relief. On August 15, 2011, the Court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss and motion for summary judgment. Zemprelli has filed a notice of appeal and the matter is pending in the Ohio First District Court of Appeals.

In September 2011, DataTreasury Corporation filed a suit in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against the Bancorp and its Ohio banking subsidiary. In the suit, DataTreasury alleges that the Bancorp and its Ohio bank are infringing on DataTreasury’s patents for imaged-based check processing. This lawsuit is one of many related patent infringement suits brought by DataTreasury against numerous other defendants. DataTreasury is seeking unspecified monetary damages and penalties. Due to the recent filing of the lawsuit, management is in the process of reviewing the claims against the Bancorp and its Ohio bank. The impact of the final disposition of this lawsuit cannot be assessed at this time.

The Bancorp and its subsidiaries are not parties to any other material litigation. However, there are other litigation matters that arise in the normal course of business. While it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate resolution or range of financial liability with respect to these contingent matters, management believes any resulting liability from these other actions would not have a material effect upon the Bancorp’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The Bancorp and/or its affiliates are or may become involved from time to time in information-gathering requests, reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by government and self-regulatory agencies, including the SEC, regarding their respective businesses. Such matters may result in material adverse consequences, including without limitation, adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, orders, injunctions or other actions, amendments and/or restatements of Fifth Third’s SEC filings and/or financial statements, as applicable, and/or determinations of material weaknesses in our disclosure controls and procedures. The SEC is investigating and has made

93

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

several requests for information, including by subpoena, concerning issues which Fifth Third understands relate to accounting and reporting matters involving certain of its commercial loans. This could lead to an enforcement proceeding by the SEC which, in turn, may result in one or more such material adverse consequences.

On May 16, 2011, the Bancorp caused a notice to be delivered to the trustee of Fifth Third Capital Trust VII (the “Trust”) to mandatorily redeem the 8.875% trust preferred securities of the Trust (the “Trust Preferred Securities”) at an aggregate cash redemption price of $25.18 per Trust Preferred Security. The Trust Preferred Securities were listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). The NYSE was notified of the redemption on May 17, 2011 and a Current Report on Form 8-K describing the redemption notice was filed by the Company with the SEC on May 18, 2011. Trading in this security was halted by the NYSE shortly after this Form 8-K was filed and did not resume until May 19, 2011. The Trust Preferred Securities traded at prices above the redemption amount during the period between the time the trustee was notified and before the Form 8-K describing the redemption was filed. The Bancorp was neither a party to nor a participant in any trading of the Trust Preferred Securities during such period or thereafter. As announced on May 25, 2011, the Bancorp is voluntarily compensating persons who purchased these Trust Preferred Securities after the redemption notice was delivered on May 16, 2011 and before trading was halted in the security on May 18, 2011. We currently expect that the compensation process will be substantially complete by December 31, 2011 and that Fifth Third will have paid out less than $1 million to affected security holders who submitted claims. The SEC has been investigating and has made requests for information, including by subpoena, concerning the circumstances and related issues surrounding the notification and disclosure process and timing thereof in connection with such redemption of the Trust Preferred Securities. The Bancorp has been cooperating with those requests. On August 1, 2011, the Bancorp received a “Wells notice” from the staff of the SEC advising the Bancorp that the staff has reached a preliminary conclusion to recommend that the Commission authorize the staff to file an enforcement action against the Bancorp relating to such matter for violation of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Regulation FD. The conclusion of the SEC’s investigation may lead to an enforcement action, which, in turn, may result in one or more of the adverse consequences discussed above.

The Bancorp is party to numerous claims and lawsuits concerning matters arising from the conduct of its business activities. The outcome of litigation and the timing of ultimate resolution are inherently difficult to predict. The following factors, among others, contribute to this lack of predictability: plaintiff claims often include significant legal uncertainties, damages alleged by plaintiffs are often unspecified or overstated, discovery may not have started or may not be complete and material facts may be disputed or unsubstantiated. As a result of these factors, the Bancorp is not always able to provide an estimate of the range of reasonably possible outcomes for each claim. A reserve for a potential litigation loss is established when information related to the loss contingency indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Any such reserve is adjusted from time to time thereafter as appropriate to reflect changes in circumstances. The Bancorp also determines, when possible (due to the uncertainties described above), estimates of reasonably possible losses or ranges of reasonably possible losses, in excess of amounts reserved. Under ASC 450, an event is “reasonably possible” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely” and an event is “remote” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is slight.” Thus, references to the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss for cases in which the Bancorp is able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss mean the upper end of the range of loss for cases for which the Bancorp believes the risk of loss is more than slight. For matters where the Bancorp is able to estimate such possible losses or ranges of possible losses, the Bancorp currently estimates that it is reasonably possible that it could incur losses related to legal proceedings including the matters discussed above in an aggregate amount up to $82 million in excess of amounts reserved, with it also being reasonably possible that no losses will be incurred in these matters. The estimates included in this amount are based on the Bancorp’s analysis of currently available information, and as new information is obtained the Bancorp may change its estimates.

For these matters and others where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible but not probable, there may be a range of possible losses in excess of the established reserve that cannot be estimated. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, the Bancorp believes that the eventual outcome of the actions against the Bancorp and/or its subsidiaries, including the matters described above, will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Bancorp’s consolidated financial position. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, if unfavorable, may be material to Bancorp’s results of operations for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the size of the loss or liability imposed and the operating results for the applicable period.

94

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

15. Income Taxes

The following table provides a summary of the Bancorp’s unrecognized tax benefits as of:

($ in millions)	September 30, 2011		December 31, 2010		September 30, 2010
Tax positions that would impact the effective tax rate, if recognized	$	16		15		10
Tax positions where the ultimate deductibility is highly certain, but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of the deduction		1		1		1
Unrecognized tax benefits	$	17		16		11

Any interest and penalties incurred in connection with income taxes are accrued as a component of tax expense. At September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, the Bancorp had accrued interest liabilities, net of the related tax benefits, of $3 million, $1 million and $2 million, respectively. No significant liabilities were recorded for penalties.

While it is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized tax benefit with respect to certain of the Bancorp’s uncertain tax positions could increase or decrease during the next 12 months, the Bancorp believes it is unlikely that its unrecognized tax benefits will change by a material amount during the next 12 months.

Deferred tax assets are included as a component of other assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Deferred tax liabilities are included as a component of accrued taxes, interest and expenses in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Where applicable, deferred tax assets relating to state net operating losses are presented net of specific valuation allowances. The Bancorp determined that a valuation allowance is not needed against the remaining deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010. The Bancorp considered all of the positive and negative evidence available to determine whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will ultimately be realized and based upon that evidence, the Bancorp believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets recorded at December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010 will ultimately be realized. The Bancorp reached this conclusion as the Bancorp has taxable income in the carryback period and it is expected that the Bancorp’s remaining deferred tax assets will be realized through the reversal of its existing taxable temporary differences and its projected future taxable income.

As required under U.S. GAAP, the Bancorp established a deferred tax asset for certain stock-based awards granted to its employees. When the actual tax deduction for these stock-based awards is less than the expense previously recognized for financial reporting or when the awards expire unexercised, the Bancorp is required to write-off the deferred tax asset previously established for these stock-based awards. As a result of the expiration of certain stock options and SARs and the lapse of restrictions on certain shares of restricted stock during the quarter ended September 30, 2011, the Bancorp recorded additional income tax expense of approximately $1 million related to the write-off of a portion of the deferred tax asset previously established. As a result of the Bancorp’s stock price as of September 30, 2011, it is reasonably possible that the Bancorp will be required to record an additional $24 million of income tax expense over the next twelve months, primarily in the second quarter of 2012. However, the Bancorp cannot predict its stock price or whether its employees will exercise other stock-based awards with lower exercise prices in the future; therefore, it is possible that the total impact to income tax expense will be greater than or less than $24 million over the next twelve months.

The statute of limitations for the Bancorp’s federal income tax returns remains open for tax years 2008 through 2010. The IRS is currently conducting an audit of the Bancorp’s federal income tax returns for the 2008 and 2009 tax years. On occasion, as various state and local taxing jurisdictions examine the returns of the Bancorp and its subsidiaries, the Bancorp may agree to extend the statute of limitations for a short period of time. Otherwise, with the exception of a few states with insignificant uncertain tax positions, the statutes of limitations for state income tax returns remain open only for tax years in accordance with each state’s statutes.

95

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

16. Retirement and Benefit Plans

Net periodic pension cost is a component of employee benefits expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The plan assumptions are evaluated annually and are updated as necessary. The discount rate assumption reflects the yield on a portfolio of high quality fixed-income instruments that have a similar duration to the plan’s liabilities. The expected long-term rate of return assumption reflects the average return expected on the assets invested to provide for the plan’s liabilities. In determining the expected long-term rate of return, the Bancorp evaluated actuarial and economic inputs, including long-term inflation rate assumptions and broad equity and bond indices long-term return projections, as well as actual long-term historical plan performance.

The Bancorp did not make any cash contributions to its pension plans during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. Based on the current actuarial assumptions, the Bancorp is not required to make any cash contributions to its pension plans during the remainder of 2011. The following table summarizes the components of net periodic pension cost:

	For the three months ended  September 30,						For the nine months ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010
Service cost	$	—			—			—			—
Interest cost		3			3			9			9
Expected return on assets		(4	)		(4	)		(12	)		(10	)
Amortization of actuarial loss		3			3			8			9
Amortization of net prior service cost		—			—			—			—
Settlement		—			—			—			—
Net periodic pension cost	$	2			2			5			8

17. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The activity of the components of other comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

	Total Other Comprehensive Income									Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
($ in millions)	Pretax Activity			Tax Effect			Net Activity			Beginning Balance			Net Activity		Ending Balance
2011
Unrealized holding gains on available-for-sale securities arising during period	$	369			(126	)		243
Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income		(64	)		19			(45	)
Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities		305			(107	)		198			321			198		519
Unrealized holding gains on cash flow hedge derivatives arising during period		59			(20	)		39
Reclassification adjustment for net gains on cash flow hedge derivatives included in net income		(21	)		7			(14	)
Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives		38			(13	)		25			67			25		92
Defined benefit plans:
Net prior service cost		—			—			—
Net actuarial loss		8			(3	)		5
Defined benefit plans, net		8			(3	)		5			(74	)		5		(69	)
Total	$	351			(123	)		228			314			228		542

96

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

	Total Other Comprehensive Income									Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
($ in millions)	Pretax Activity			Tax Effect			Net Activity			Beginning Balance			Net Activity			Ending Balance
2010
Unrealized holding gains on available-for-sale securities arising during period	$	357			(126	)		231
Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income		(24	)		9			(15	)
Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities		333			(117	)		216			216			216			432
Unrealized holding losses on cash flow hedge derivatives arising during period		(2	)		1			(1	)
Reclassification adjustment for net gains on cash flow hedge derivatives included in net income		(46	)		16			(30	)
Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives		(48	)		17			(31	)		105			(31	)		74
Defined benefit plans:
Net prior service cost		—			—			—
Net actuarial loss		9			(3	)		6
Defined benefit plans, net		9			(3	)		6			(80	)		6			(74	)
Total	$	294			(103	)		191			241			191			432

18. Capital Actions

On January 25, 2011, the Bancorp raised $1.7 billion in new common equity through the issuance of 121,428,572 shares of common stock in an underwritten offering with an initial price of $14.00 per share. On January 24, 2011, the underwriters exercised their option to purchase an additional 12,142,857 shares at the offering price of $14.00 per share. In connection with this exercise, the Bancorp entered into a forward sale agreement which resulted in a final net payment of 959,821 shares on February 4, 2011.

On February 2, 2011, the Bancorp redeemed all 136,320 shares of its Series F Preferred Stock held by the U.S. Treasury. In connection with the redemption of the Series F Preferred Stock, the Bancorp accelerated the accretion of the remaining issuance discount on the Series F Preferred Stock and recorded a reduction in retained earnings and a corresponding increase in preferred stock of $153 million in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.

On March 16, 2011, the Bancorp repurchased the warrant issued to the U.S. Treasury in connection with the CPP preferred stock investment at an agreed upon price of $280 million, which was recorded as a reduction to capital surplus in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The warrant gave the U.S Treasury the right to purchase 43,617,747 shares of the Bancorp’s common stock at $11.72 per share.

On March 18, 2011, the Bancorp announced that the Federal Reserve Board did not object to the Bancorp’s capital plan submitted under the Federal Reserve’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review. Pursuant to this plan, during June of 2011 the Bancorp redeemed certain trust preferred securities, totaling $452 million, which related to the Fifth Third Capital Trust VII, First National Bankshares Statutory Trust I and R&G Capital Trust II, LLT.

Pursuant to the Bancorp’s capital plan discussed above, the Bancorp redeemed certain trust preferred securities in September 2011, totaling $40 million, which related to the R&G Crown Cap Trust IV and First National Bankshares Statutory Trust II.

97

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

19. Earnings Per Share

The calculation of earnings per share and the reconciliation of earnings per share and earnings per diluted share were as follows:

	2011							2010
For the three months ended September 30, (in millions, except per share data)	Income		Average Shares		Per Share Amount			Income		Average Shares		Per Share Amount
Earnings per share:
Net income attributable to Bancorp	$	381							238
Dividends on preferred stock		8							63
Net income available to common shareholders		373							175
Less: Income allocated to participating securities		2							1
Net income allocated to common shareholders		371		915		0.41			174		791		0.22
Earnings per diluted share:
Net income available to common shareholders		373							175
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock-based awards				5		—					4		—
Series G convertible preferred stock		9		35		(0.01	)		—		—		—
Warrant related to Series F preferred stock				—		—					2		—
Net income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions		382		40		(0.01	)		175		6		—
Less: Income allocated to participating securities		2							1
Net income allocated to common shareholders plus assumed conversions	$	380		955		0.40			174		797		0.22

	2011							2010
For the nine months ended September 30, (in millions, except per share data)	Income		Average Shares		Per Share Amount			Income		Average Shares		Per Share Amount
Earnings per share:
Net income attributable to Bancorp	$	983							420
Dividends on preferred stock		194							187
Net income available to common shareholders		789							233
Less: Income allocated to participating securities		4							1
Net income allocated to common shareholders		785		904		0.87			232		791		0.29
Earnings per diluted share:
Net income available to common shareholders		789							233
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock-based awards				5		—					5		—
Series G convertible preferred stock		26		36		(0.01	)		—		—		—
Warrant related to Series F preferred stock				2		—					3		—
Net income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions		815		43		(0.01	)		233		8		—
Less: Income allocated to participating securities		4							1
Net income allocated to common shareholders plus assumed conversions	$	811		947		0.86			232		799		0.29

Shares are excluded from the computation of net income per diluted share when their inclusion has an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share. The diluted earnings per share computation for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 excludes 31 million and 28 million, respectively, of stock appreciation rights, 7 million and 9 million, respectively, of stock options and 2 million and 1 million shares, respectively, of unvested restricted stock that had not yet been exercised. The diluted earnings per share computation for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010 excludes 25 million and 23 million, respectively, of stock appreciation rights, 11 million and 12 million, respectively, of stock options and 2 million and 1 million shares, respectively, of unvested restricted stock that had not yet been exercised and 36 million shares related to the Bancorp’s Series G preferred stock.

20. Fair Value Measurements

The Bancorp measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. U.S. GAAP also establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure

98

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement. The three levels within the fair value hierarchy are described as follows:

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Bancorp has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability for which there is little, if any, market activity at the measurement date. Unobservable inputs reflect the Bancorp’s own assumptions about what market participants would use to price the asset or liability. The inputs are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances, which might include the Bancorp’s own financial data such as internally developed pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, as well as instruments for which the fair value determination requires significant management judgment.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables summarize assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including residential mortgage loans held for sale for which the Bancorp has elected the fair value option as of:

99

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

	Fair Value Measurements Using
September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total Fair Value
Assets:
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. Treasury and Government agencies	$	202		—		—		202
U.S. Government sponsored agencies		—		1,990		—		1,990
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		—		105		—		105
Agency mortgage-backed securities		—		11,017		—		11,017
Other bonds, notes and debentures		—		1,573		—		1,573
Other securities(a)		491		7		—		498
Available-for-sale securities(a)		693		14,692		—		15,385
Trading securities:
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		—		11		1		12
Agency mortgage-backed securities		—		20		—		20
Other bonds, notes and debentures		—		15		—		15
Other securities		142		—		—		142
Trading securities		142		46		1		189
Residential mortgage loans held for sale		—		1,593		—		1,593
Residential mortgage loans(b)		—		—		62		62
Derivative assets:
Interest rate contracts		3		1,872		39		1,914
Foreign exchange contracts		—		471		—		471
Equity contracts		—		—		103		103
Commodity contracts		—		112		—		112
Derivative assets		3		2,455		142		2,600
Total assets	$	838		18,786		205		19,829
Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities
Interest rate contracts	$	59		862		2		923
Foreign exchange contracts		—		447		—		447
Equity contracts		—		—		30		30
Commodity contracts		—		105		—		105
Derivative liabilities		59		1,414		32		1,505
Short positions		7		1		—		8
Total liabilities	$	66		1,415		32		1,513

100

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

	Fair Value Measurements Using
December 31, 2010 ($ in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total Fair Value
Assets:
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. Treasury and Government agencies	$	230		—		—		230
U.S. Government sponsored agencies		—		1,645		—		1,645
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		—		172		—		172
Agency mortgage-backed securities		—		10,973		—		10,973
Other bonds, notes and debentures		—		1,342		—		1,342
Other securities(a)		180		4		—		184
Available-for-sale securities(a)		410		14,136		—		14,546
Trading securities:
U.S. Treasury and Government agencies		1		—		—		1
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		—		20		1		21
Agency mortgage-backed securities		—		8		—		8
Other bonds, notes and debentures		—		115		5		120
Other securities		47		97		—		144
Trading securities		48		240		6		294
Residential mortgage loans held for sale		—		1,892		—		1,892
Residential mortgage loans(b)		—		—		46		46
Derivative assets:
Interest rate contracts		90		1,448		13		1,551
Foreign exchange contracts		—		343		—		343
Equity contracts		—	��	—		81		81
Commodity contracts		—		99		—		99
Derivative assets		90		1,890		94		2,074
Total assets	$	548		18,158		146		18,852
Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities
Interest rate contracts	$	14		846		11		871
Foreign exchange contracts		—		323		—		323
Equity contracts		—		—		28		28
Commodity contracts		—		92		—		92
Derivative liabilities		14		1,261		39		1,314
Short positions		1		1		—		2
Total liabilities	$	15		1,262		39		1,316

101

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

	Fair Value Measurements Using
September 30, 2010 ($ in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total Fair Value
Assets:
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. Treasury and Government agencies	$	311		—		—		311
U.S. Government sponsored agencies		—		1,851		—		1,851
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		—		195		—		195
Agency mortgage-backed securities		—		11,347		—		11,347
Other bonds, notes and debentures		—		1,018		—		1,018
Other securities(a)		353		6		—		359
Available-for-sale securities(a)		664		14,417		—		15,081
Trading securities:
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		—		50		1		51
Agency mortgage-backed securities		—		15		—		15
Other bonds, notes and debentures		—		133		4		137
Other securities		43		74		—		117
Trading securities		43		272		5		320
Residential mortgage loans held for sale		—		1,879		—		1,879
Residential mortgage loans(b)		—		—		42		42
Derivative assets:
Interest rate contracts		3		2,045		39		2,087
Foreign exchange contracts		—		273		—		273
Equity contracts		—		—		77		77
Commodity contracts		—		105		—		105
Derivative assets		3		2,423		116		2,542
Total assets	$	710		18,991		163		19,864
Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities
Interest rate contracts	$	32		1,011		2		1,045
Foreign exchange contracts		—		249		—		249
Equity contracts		—		—		57		57
Commodity contracts		—		97		—		97
Derivative liabilities		32		1,357		59		1,448
Short positions		6		1		—		7
Total liabilities	$	38		1,358		59		1,455

(a) Excludes FHLB and FRB restricted stock totaling$497 and$345, respectively, at September 30, 2011, $524 and $344 at December 31, 2010, and $551 and $343, respectively, at September 30, 2010.

(b) Includes residential mortgage loans originated as held for sale and subsequently transferred to held for investment.

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for significant instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy. Residential mortgage loans held for sale that are reclassified to held for investment are transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as described below. It is the Bancorp’s policy to value any transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy based on end of period fair values.

Available-for-sale and trading securities

Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include government bonds and exchange traded equities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows. Examples of such instruments, which are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy, include agency and non-agency mortgage-backed securities, other asset-backed securities, obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies, and corporate and municipal bonds. Agency mortgage-backed securities, obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies, and corporate and municipal bonds are generally valued using a market approach based on observable prices of securities with similar characteristics.

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities are generally valued using an income approach based on discounted cash flows, incorporating prepayment speeds, performance of underlying collateral and specific tranche-level attributes. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Trading securities classified as Level 3 consist of auction rate securities. Due to the illiquidity in the market for these

102

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

types of securities at September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, the Bancorp measured fair value using a discount rate based on the assumed holding period.

Residential mortgage loans held for sale and held for investment

For residential mortgage loans held for sale, fair value is estimated based upon mortgage-backed securities prices and spreads to those prices or, for certain ARM loans, DCF models that may incorporate the anticipated portfolio composition, credit spreads of asset-backed securities with similar collateral and market conditions. The anticipated portfolio composition includes the effect of interest rate spreads and discount rates due to loan characteristics such as the state in which the loan was originated, the loan amount and the ARM margin. Residential mortgage loans held for sale that are valued based on mortgage backed securities prices are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy as the valuation is based on external pricing for similar instruments. ARM loans classified as held for sale are also classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy due to the use of observable inputs in the DCF model. These observable inputs include interest rate spreads from agency mortgage-backed securities market rates and observable discount rates. For residential mortgage loans reclassified from held for sale to held for investment, the fair value estimation is based primarily on the underlying collateral values. Therefore, these loans are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

Derivatives

Exchange-traded derivatives valued using quoted prices and certain over-the-counter derivatives valued using active bids are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Most derivative contracts are valued using discounted cash flow or other models that incorporate current market interest rates, credit spreads assigned to the derivative counterparties and other market parameters and, therefore, are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Such derivatives include basic and structured interest rate swaps and options. Derivatives that are valued based upon models with significant unobservable market parameters are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. At September 30, 2011, derivatives classified as Level 3, which are valued using an option-pricing model containing unobservable inputs, consisted primarily of warrants and put rights associated with the sale of Vantiv, LLC to Advent International and a total return swap associated with the Bancorp’s sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares. Level 3 derivatives also include interest rate lock commitments, which utilize internally generated loan closing rate assumptions as a significant unobservable input in the valuation process.

In connection with the sale of Vantiv, LLC, the Bancorp provided Advent International with certain put options that are exercisable in the event of certain circumstances. In addition, the associated warrants allow the Bancorp to purchase an incremental 10% nonvoting interest in Vantiv, LLC under certain defined conditions involving change of control. The fair values of the warrants and put options are calculated applying Black-Scholes option valuation models using probability weighted scenarios. The assumptions utilized in the models are summarized in the following table as of:

	September 30, 2011								December 31, 2010										September 30, 2010
	Warrants					Put Options (b)			Warrants					Put Options					Warrants					Put Options
Expected term (years)		7.8	-	17.8			2.3			8.5	-	18.5			0.5	-	3.0			8.8	-	18.8			0.8	-	3.3
Expected volatility(a)		35.7	-	35.9	%		33.0	%		36.0	-	37.0	%		25.6	-	44.6	%		36.5	-	38.0	%		31.1	-	45.4	%
Risk free rate		1.65	-	2.97	%		0.35	%		3.06	-	4.18	%		0.23	-	1.05	%		2.44	-	3.42	%		0.22	-	0.71	%
Expected dividend rate				—	%		—	%				—	%				—	%				—	%				—	%

(a) Based on historical and implied volatilities of comparable companies assuming similar expected terms.

(b) A total of three scenarios have historically been used to estimate the fair value of the put options. Two of the scenarios’ terms expired as of June 30, 2011. Therefore, the assumptions for the current quarter only include one scenario.

Under the terms of the total return swap, the Bancorp will make or receive payments based on subsequent changes in the conversion rate of the Visa Class B shares into Class A shares. The fair value of the total return swap was calculated using a discounted cash flow model based on unobservable inputs consisting of management’s estimate of the probability of certain litigation scenarios, timing of litigation settlements and payments related to the swap.

The net fair value of the interest rate lock commitments at September 30, 2011 was $37 million. At September 30, 2011, immediate decreases in current interest rates of 25 bp and 50 bp would result in increases in the fair value of the interest rate lock commitments of $22 million and $40 million, respectively. Immediate increases of current interest rates of 25 bp and 50 bp would result in decreases in the fair value of the interest rate lock commitments of $28 million and $59 million, respectively, at September 30, 2011. The decrease in fair value of interest rate lock commitments at September 30, 2011 due to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in the assumed loan closing rates would be $4 million and $8 million, respectively, and the increase in fair value due to immediate 10% and 20% favorable changes in the assumed loan closing rates would be $4 million and $8 million, respectively. These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution, as changes in fair value based on a variation in assumptions typically cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear.

103

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following tables are a reconciliation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

	Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level  3)
	Trading Securities			Residential Mortgage Loans			Interest Rate Derivatives, Net(a)			Equity Derivatives, Net(a)			Total Fair  Value
For the three months ended September 30, 2011
($ in millions)
Beginning balance	$	1			59			5			85			150
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):
Included in earnings		—			3			100			(14	)		89
Purchases		—			—			—			2			2
Settlements		—			(2	)		(68	)		—			(70	)
Transfers into Level 3(b)		—			2			—			—			2
Ending balance	$	1			62			37			73			173
The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at September 30, 2011(c)	$	—			3			37			(14	)		26
	Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level  3)
	Trading Securities			Residential Mortgage Loans			Interest Rate Derivatives, Net(a)			Equity Derivatives, Net(a)			Total Fair Value
For the three months ended September 30, 2010
($ in millions)
Beginning balance	$	5			41			24			30			100
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):
Included in earnings		—			—			102			(10	)		92
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements, net		—			(2	)		(89	)		—			(91	)
Transfers into Level 3(b)		—			3			—			—			3
Ending balance	$	5			42			37			20			104
The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at September 30, 2010(c)	$	—			—			35			(10	)		25
	Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
	Trading Securities			Residential Mortgage Loans			Interest Rate Derivatives, Net(a)			Equity Derivatives, Net(a)			Total Fair Value
For the nine months ended September 30, 2011
($ in millions)
Beginning balance	$	6			46			2			53			107
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):
Included in earnings		—			4			154			—			158
Purchases		—			—			—			2			2
Sales		(5	)		—			—			—			(5	)
Settlements		—			(5	)		(119	)		18			(106	)
Transfers into Level 3(b)		—			17			—			—			17
Ending balance	$	1			62			37			73			173
The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at September 30, 2011(c)	$	—			4			41			—			45

104

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

	Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
	Residual Interests in Securitizations			Trading Securities			Residential Mortgage Loans			Interest Rate Derivatives, Net(a)			Equity Derivatives, Net(a)			Total Fair  Value
For the nine months ended September 30, 2010
($ in millions)
Beginning balance	$	174			13			26			(2	)		11			222
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):
Included in earnings		—			3			—			210			(11	)		202
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements, net		(174	)(d)		(11	)		(2	)		(171	)		20			(338	)
Transfers into Level 3(b)		—			—			18			—			—			18
Ending balance	$	—			5			42			37			20			104
The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at September 30, 2010(c)	$	—			—			—			61			(11	)		50

(a) Net interest rate derivatives include derivative assets and liabilities of$39 and $2 respectively, as of September 30, 2011 and $39 and $2, respectively, as of September 30, 2010. Net equity derivatives include derivative assets and liabilities of$103 and$30, respectively, as of September 30, 2011, and $77 and $57, respectively, as of September 30, 2010.

(b) Includes residential mortgage loans held for sale that were transferred to held for investment.

(c) Includes interest income and expense.

(d) Due to a change in U.S. GAAP adopted by the Bancorp on January 1, 2010, all residual interests in securitizations were eliminated concurrent with the consolidation of the related VIEs.

The total gains and losses included in earnings for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) were recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income as follows:

	For the three months						For the nine months
	ended September 30,						ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010
Mortgage banking net revenue	$	104			101			159			210
Corporate banking revenue		—			1			1			1
Other noninterest income		(15	)		(10	)		(2	)		(12	)
Securities gains (losses), net		—			—			—			3
Total	$	89			92			158			202

The total gains and losses included in earnings attributable to changes in unrealized gains and losses related to Level 3 assets and liabilities still held at September 30, 2011 and 2010 were recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income as follows:

	For the three months						For the nine months
	ended September 30,						ended September 30,
($ in millions)	2011			2010			2011			2010
Mortgage banking net revenue	$	41			34			46			60
Corporate banking revenue		—			1			1			1
Other noninterest income		(15	)		(10	)		(2	)		(11	)
Total	$	26			25			45			50

105

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets and liabilities are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis; however, they are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances, such as when there is evidence of impairment. The following tables represent those assets and liabilities that were subject to fair value adjustments during the quarters ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 and still held as of the end of the period, and the related losses from fair value adjustments on assets sold during the period as well as assets still held as of the end of the period.

	Fair Value Measurements Using								Total Losses
									Three Months Ended			Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		September 30, 2011			September 30, 2011
Commercial loans held for sale(a)	$	—		—		60		60		(23	)		(48	)
Commercial and industrial loans		—		—		155		155		(84	)		(283	)
Commercial mortgage loans		—		—		145		145		(46	)		(99	)
Commercial construction loans		—		—		59		59		(14	)		(52	)
MSRs		—		—		662		662		(201	)		(228	)
OREO property		—		—		181		181		(30	)		(139	)
Total	$	—		—		1,262		1,262		(398	)		(849	)
	Fair Value Measurements Using								Total Losses
									Three Months Ended			Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2010 ($ in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		September 30, 2010			September 30, 2010
Commercial loans held for sale(a)	$	33		—		541		574		(398	)		(413	)
Commercial and industrial loans		—		—		122		122		(112	)		(373	)
Commercial mortgage loans		—		—		94		94		(52	)		(184	)
Commercial construction loans		—		—		45		45		(44	)		(152	)
Residential mortgage loans		—		—		3		3		(6	)		(6	)
Other consumer loans		—		71		10		81		(12	)		(12	)
MSRs		—		—		599		599		(83	)		(189	)
OREO property		—		—		254		254		(102	)		(196	)
Total	$	33		71		1,668		1,772		(809	)		(1,525	)

(a) Includes commercial nonaccrual loans held for sale.

During the third quarter of 2011, the Bancorp transferred $57 million of commercial loans from the portfolio to loans held for sale that were measured at fair value. These loans had fair value adjustments totaling $17 million and were based on discounted cash flow models incorporating appraisals of the underlying collateral, as well as assumptions about investor return requirements and amounts and timing of expected cash flows, and were therefore, classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2011, existing commercial loans held for sale with a fair value of $3 million were further adjusted using the same methodology as loans transferred to held for sale. Therefore, these loans were classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Bancorp recorded nonrecurring impairment adjustments to certain commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans held for investment. Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan and were classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. In cases where the carrying value exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss is recognized. The fair values and recognized impairment losses are reflected in the previous table.

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, the Bancorp recognized temporary impairments in certain classes of the MSR portfolio in which the carrying value was adjusted to fair value as of September 30, 2011 and 2010. MSRs do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. While sales of MSRs do occur, the precise terms and conditions typically are not readily available. Accordingly, the Bancorp estimates the fair value of MSRs using discounted cash flow models with certain unobservable inputs, primarily prepayment speed assumptions, resulting in a classification within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Refer to Note 10 for further information on the Bancorp’s MSRs.

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Bancorp recorded nonrecurring adjustments to certain commercial and residential real estate properties classified as OREO and measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell. Nonrecurring losses included in the above table are primarily due to declines in real estate values of the OREO properties. These losses include both new OREO properties transferred from loans during the period and those remaining in inventory from the prior period. Such fair value amounts are generally based on appraisals of the property values, resulting in a classification within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. In cases where the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, less costs to sell, an impairment loss is recognized. The previous tables reflect the fair value measurements of the properties before deducting the estimated costs to sell.

106

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Fair Value Option

The Bancorp elected to measure certain residential mortgage loans held for sale under the fair value option as allowed under U.S. GAAP. Management’s intent to sell residential mortgage loans classified as held for sale may change over time due to such factors as changes in the overall liquidity in markets or changes in characteristics specific to certain loans held for sale. Consequently, these loans may be reclassified to loans held for investment and maintained in the Bancorp’s loan portfolio. In such cases, the loans will continue to be measured at fair value. Residential loans with fair values of $2 million and $3 million were transferred to the Bancorp’s portfolio during the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Residential loans with fair values of $17 million and $18 million were transferred to the Bancorp’s portfolio during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The net impact related to fair value adjustments on these loans was $3 million and $4 million, respectively, during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and immaterial during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Fair value changes included in earnings for instruments for which the fair value option was elected included losses of $24 million and $84 million during the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Fair value changes included in earnings for instruments for which the fair value option was elected included losses of $64 million and $112 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These losses are reported in mortgage banking net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

Valuation adjustments related to instrument-specific credit risk for residential mortgage loans measured at fair value negatively impacted the fair value of those loans by $3 million at September 30, 2011, $5 million at December 31, 2010 and $4 million at September 30, 2010. Interest on residential mortgage loans measured at fair value is accrued as it is earned using the effective interest method and is reported as interest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table summarizes the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal balance for residential mortgage loans measured at fair value as of:

($ in millions)	Fair Value		Principal Balance		Difference
September 30, 2011
Residential mortgage loans measured at fair value	$	1,655		1,578		77
Past due loans of 90 days or more		4		4		—
Nonaccrual loans		—		—		—
December 31, 2010
Residential mortgage loans measured at fair value	$	1,938		1,913		25
Past due loans of 90 days or more		5		6		(1	)
Nonaccrual loans		1		1		—
September 30, 2010
Residential mortgage loans measured at fair value	$	1,921		1,832		89
Past due loans of 90 days or more		5		6		(1	)
Nonaccrual loans		1		1		—

107

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Fair Value of Certain Financial Instruments

The following tables summarize the carrying amounts and estimated fair values for certain financial instruments, excluding financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

As of September 30, 2011 ($ in millions)	Carrying Amount			Fair Value
Financial assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	2,348			2,348
Other securities		842			842
Held-to-maturity securities		337			337
Other short-term investments		2,028			2,028
Loans held for sale		247			247
Portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans		28,245			29,538
Commercial mortgage loans		9,857			9,167
Commercial construction loans		1,134			889
Commercial leases		3,284			3,131
Residential mortgage loans(a)		9,954			9,516
Home equity		10,711			9,765
Automobile loans		11,536			11,575
Credit card		1,759			1,831
Other consumer loans and leases		384			430
Unallocated allowance for loan and lease losses		(149	)		—
Total portfolio loans and leases, net(a)		76,715			75,842
Financial liabilities:
Deposits		82,047			82,196
Federal funds purchased		427			427
Other short-term borrowings		4,894			4,894
Long-term debt		9,800			10,199

(a) Excludes$62 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

As of December 31, 2010 ($ in millions)	Carrying Amount			Fair Value
Financial assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	2,159			2,159
Other securities		868			868
Held-to-maturity securities		353			353
Other short-term investments		1,515			1,515
Loans held for sale		324			324
Portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans		26,068			27,322
Commercial mortgage loans		10,248			9,513
Commercial construction loans		1,890			1,471
Commercial leases		3,267			2,934
Residential mortgage loans(a)		8,600			7,577
Home equity		11,248			9,366
Automobile loans		10,910			10,975
Credit card		1,738			1,786
Other consumer loans and leases		622			682
Unallocated allowance for loan and lease losses		(150	)		—
Total portfolio loans and leases, net(a)		74,441			71,626
Financial liabilities:
Deposits		81,648			81,860
Federal funds purchased		279			279
Other short-term borrowings		1,574			1,574
Long-term debt		9,558			9,921

(a) Excludes $46 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

108

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

	Carrying
As of September 30, 2010 ($ in millions)	Amount			Fair Value
Financial assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	2,215			2,215
Other securities		894			894
Held-to-maturity securities		354			354
Other short-term investments		3,271			3,271
Loans held for sale		854			854
Portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans		25,080			26,481
Commercial mortgage loans		10,328			9,745
Commercial construction loans		2,131			1,742
Commercial leases		3,198			2,957
Residential mortgage loans(a)		7,637			7,009
Home equity		11,513			9,450
Automobile loans		10,654			10,919
Credit card		1,664			1,721
Other consumer loans and leases		729			750
Unallocated allowance for loan and lease losses		(161	)		—
Total portfolio loans and leases, net(a)		72,773			70,774
Financial liabilities:
Deposits		81,362			81,648
Federal funds purchased		368			368
Other short-term borrowings		1,775			1,775
Long-term debt		10,953			11,374

(a) Excludes $42 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Cash and due from banks, other securities, other short-term investments, deposits, federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings

For financial instruments with a short-term or no stated maturity, prevailing market rates and limited credit risk, carrying amounts approximate fair value. Those financial instruments include cash and due from banks, FHLB and FRB restricted stock, other short-term investments, certain deposits (demand, interest checking, savings, money market and foreign office deposits), and federal funds purchased. Fair values for other time deposits, certificates of deposit $100,000 and over and other short-term borrowings were estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applied prevailing LIBOR/swap interest rates for the same maturities.

Held-to-maturity securities

The Bancorp’s held-to-maturity securities are primarily composed of instruments that provide income tax credits as the economic return on the investment. The fair value of these instruments is estimated based on current U.S. Treasury tax credit rates.

Loans held for sale

Fair values for commercial loans held for sale were valued based on executable bids when available, or on discounted cash flow models incorporating appraisals of the underlying collateral, as well as assumptions about investor return requirements and amounts and timing of expected cash flows. Fair values for other consumer loans held for sale are based on contractual values upon which the loans may be sold to a third party, and approximate their carrying value.

Portfolio loans and leases, net

Fair values were estimated by discounting future cash flows using the current market rates of loans to borrowers with similar credit characteristics and similar remaining maturities.

Long-term debt

Fair value of long-term debt was based on quoted market prices, when available, or a discounted cash flow calculation using LIBOR/swap interest rates and, in some cases, a spread for new issues for borrowings of similar terms.

109

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

21. Business Segments

The Bancorp reports on four business segments: Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending and Investment Advisors. Results of the Bancorp’s business segments are presented based on its management structure and management accounting practices. The structure and accounting practices are specific to the Bancorp; therefore, the financial results of the Bancorp’s business segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial institutions. The Bancorp refines its methodologies from time to time as management accounting practices are improved and businesses change.

The Bancorp manages interest rate risk centrally at the corporate level by employing a FTP methodology. This methodology insulates the business segments from interest rate volatility, enabling them to focus on serving customers through loan originations and deposit taking. The FTP system assigns charge rates and credit rates to classes of assets and liabilities, respectively, based on expected duration and the LIBOR swap curve. Matching duration allocates interest income and interest expense to each segment so its resulting net interest income is insulated from interest rate risk. In a rising rate environment, the Bancorp benefits from the widening spread between deposit costs and wholesale funding costs. However, the Bancorp’s FTP system credits this benefit to deposit-providing businesses, such as Branch Banking and Investment Advisors, on a duration-adjusted basis. The net impact of the FTP methodology is captured in General Corporate and Other.

The business segments are charged provision expense based on the actual net charge-offs experienced by the loans owned by each segment. Provision expense attributable to loan growth and changes in factors in the ALLL are captured in General Corporate and Other. The financial results of the business segments include allocations for shared services and headquarters expenses. Even with these allocations, the financial results are not necessarily indicative of the business segments’ financial condition and results of operations as if they existed as independent entities. Additionally, the business segments form synergies by taking advantage of cross-sell opportunities and when funding operations, by accessing the capital markets as a collective unit.

	Commercial		Branch		Consumer		Investment		General
($ in millions, except per share data)	Banking		Banking		Lending		Advisors		Corporate			Eliminations			Total
Three months ended September 30, 2011
Net interest income(a)	$	345		359		85		29		84			—			902
Provision for loan and lease losses		104		87		55		16		(175	)		—			87
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses		241		272		30		13		259			—			815
Noninterest income:
Mortgage banking net revenue		—		3		175		—		—			—			178
Service charges on deposits		53		81		—		1		(1	)		—			134
Investment advisory revenue		3		30		—		89		—			(30	)(b)		92
Corporate banking revenue		82		4		—		1		—						87
Card and processing revenue		10		78		—		1		(11	)		—			78
Other noninterest income		11		19		10		—		24			—			64
Securities gains, net		—		—		—		—		26			—			26
Securities gains, net—non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights		—		—		6		—		—			—			6
Total noninterest income		159		215		191		92		38			(30	)		665
Noninterest expense:
Salaries, wages and incentives		60		115		37		34		123			—			369
Employee benefits		9		31		8		6		16			—			70
Net occupancy expense		5		46		2		3		19			—			75
Technology and communications		2		1		—		—		45						48
Card and processing expense		1		33		—		—		—			—			34
Equipment expense		1		13		—		—		14						28
Other noninterest expense		184		160		111		62		(165	)		(30	)		322
Total noninterest expense		262		399		158		105		52			(30	)		946
Income before income taxes		138		88		63		—		245			—			534
Applicable income tax expense(a)		10		31		22		—		90			—			153
Net income		128		57		41		—		155			—			381
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest		—		—		—		—		—			—			—
Net income attributable to Bancorp		128		57		41		—		155			—			381
Dividends on preferred stock		—		—		—		—		8			—			8
Net income available to common shareholders	$	128		57		41		—		147			—			373
Total goodwill	$	613		1,656		—		148		—			—			2,417
Total assets	$	44,622		46,727		23,213		7,358		(7,015	)		—			114,905

(a) Includes FTE adjustments of $4.

(b) Revenue sharing agreements between Investment Advisors and Branch Banking are eliminated in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

110

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

	Commercial			Branch		Consumer			Investment		General
($ in millions, except per share data)	Banking			Banking		Lending			Advisors		Corporate			Eliminations			Total
Three months ended September 30, 2010
Net interest income(a)	$	389			384		102			35		6			—			916
Provision for loan and lease losses		559			153		232			12		(499	)		—			457
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan and lease losses		(170	)		231		(130	)		23		505			—			459
Noninterest income:
Mortgage banking net revenue		—			8		224			—		—			—			232
Service charges on deposits		50			92		—			1		—			—			143
Investment advisory revenue		5			27		—			85		—			(27	)(b)		90
Corporate banking revenue		81			4		—			2		(1	)		—			86
Card and processing revenue		9			73		—			—		(5	)		—			77
Other noninterest income		(6	)		18		6			—		177			—			195
Securities gains, net		—			—		—			—		4			—			4
Total noninterest income		139			222		230			88		175			(27	)		827
Noninterest expense:
Salaries, wages and incentives		52			110		44			33		121			—			360
Employee benefits		7			27		7			5		36			—			82
Net occupancy expense		4			43		2			2		21			—			72
Technology and communications		4			4		1			—		39			—			48
Card and processing expense		—			26		—			—		—			—			26
Equipment expense		1			12		—			—		17			—			30
Other noninterest expense		178			167		91			60		(108	)		(27	)		361
Total noninterest expense		246			389		145			100		126			(27	)		979
Income (loss) before income taxes		(277	)		64		(45	)		11		554			—			307
Applicable income tax (benefit) expense(a)		(132	)		25		(18	)		4		190			—			69
Net income (loss)		(145	)		39		(27	)		7		364			—			238
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest		—			—		—			—		—			—			—
Net income (loss) attributable to Bancorp		(145	)		39		(27	)		7		364			—			238
Dividends on preferred stock		—			—		—			—		63			—			63
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders	$	(145	)		39		(27	)		7		301			—			175
Total goodwill	$	613			1,656		—			148		—			—			2,417
Total assets	$	43,403			46,479		22,227			6,296		(6,083	)		—			112,322

(a) Includes FTE adjustments of $4.

(b) Revenue sharing agreements between Investment Advisors and Branch Banking are eliminated in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

111

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

	Commercial			Branch		Consumer		Investment		General
($ in millions, except per share data)	Banking			Banking		Lending		Advisors		Corporate			Eliminations			Total
Nine months ended September 30, 2011
Net interest income(a)	$	1,015			1,057		256		85		242			—			2,655
Provision for loan and lease losses		402			300		205		25		(564	)		—			368
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses		613			757		51		60		806			—			2,287
Noninterest income:
Mortgage banking net revenue		—			6		435		1		—			—			442
Service charges on deposits		154			228		—		3		(1	)		—			384
Investment advisory revenue		9			89		—		275		—			(88	)(b)		285
Corporate banking revenue		254			11		—		2		1			—			268
Card and processing revenue		29			241		—		3		(25	)		—			248
Other noninterest income		51			57		26		—		92			—			226
Securities gains, net		—			—		—		—		40			—			40
Securities gains, net—non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights		—			—		12		—		—			—			12
Total noninterest income		497			632		473		284		107			(88	)		1,905
Noninterest expense:
Salaries, wages and incentives		170			344		101		104		366			—			1,085
Employee benefits		35			100		26		21		64			—			246
Net occupancy expense		15			138		6		8		59			—			226
Technology and communications		8			4		1		1		126			—			140
Card and processing expense		4			88		—		—		—			—			92
Equipment expense		2			38		1		1		43			—			85
Other noninterest expense		581			480		319		181		(582	)		(88	)		891
Total noninterest expense		815			1,192		454		316		76			(88	)		2,765
Income before income taxes		295			197		70		28		837			—			1,427
Applicable income tax expense (benefit)(a)		(7	)		69		24		10		347			—			443
Net income		302			128		46		18		490			—			984
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest		—			—		—		—		1			—			1
Net income attributable to Bancorp		302			128		46		18		489			—			983
Dividends on preferred stock		—			—		—		—		194			—			194
Net income available to common shareholders	$	302			128		46		18		295			—			789
Total goodwill	$	613			1,656		—		148		—			—			2,417
Total assets	$	44,622			46,727		23,213		7,358		(7,015	)		—			114,905

(a) Includes FTE adjustments of $14.

(b) Revenue sharing agreements between Investment Advisors and Branch Banking are eliminated in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

112

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

	Commercial			Branch		Consumer			Investment		General
($ in millions, except per share data)	Banking			Banking		Lending			Advisors		Corporate			Eliminations			Total
Nine months ended September 30, 2010
Net interest income(a)	$	1,156			1,155		299			109		(16	)		—			2,703
Provision for loan and lease losses		1,025			436		478			33		(600	)		—			1,372
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan and lease losses		131			719		(179	)		76		584			—			1,331
Noninterest income:
Mortgage banking net revenue		—			18		479			1		—			—			498
Service charges on deposits		145			285		—			5		—			—			435
Investment advisory revenue		11			78		—			256		—			(78	)(b)		267
Corporate banking revenue		248			11		—			2		(1	)		—			260
Card and processing revenue		25			220		—			2		(12	)		—			235
Other noninterest income		36			54		26			—		238			—			354
Securities gains, net		—			—		—			—		25			—			25
Total noninterest income		465			666		505			266		250			(78	)		2,074
Noninterest expense:
Salaries, wages and incentives		156			327		113			95		355			—			1,046
Employee benefits		29			88		22			19		83			—			241
Net occupancy expense		12			130		5			7		68			—			222
Technology and communications		10			12		1			2		113			—			138
Card and processing expense		1			80		—			—		1			—			82
Equipment expense		2			37		1			1		50			—			91
Other noninterest expense		515			489		249			173		(299	)		(78	)		1,049
Total noninterest expense		725			1,163		391			297		371			(78	)		2,869
Income (loss) before income taxes		(129	)		222		(65	)		45		463			—			536
Applicable income tax expense (benefit)(a)		(152	)		83		(28	)		16		197			—			116
Net income (loss)		23			139		(37	)		29		266			—			420
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest		—			—		—			—		—			—			—
Net income (loss) attributable to Bancorp		23			139		(37	)		29		266			—			420
Dividends on preferred stock		—			—		—			—		187			—			187
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders	$	23			139		(37	)		29		79			—			233
Total goodwill	$	613			1,656		—			148		—			—			2,417
Total assets	$	43,403			46,479		22,227			6,296		(6,083	)		—			112,322

(a) Includes FTE adjustments of $13.

(b) Revenue sharing agreements between Investment Advisors and Branch Banking are eliminated in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

113

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Legal Proceedings (Item 1)

Refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 for information regarding legal proceedings.

Risk Factors (Item 1A)

There have been no material changes made during the third quarter of 2011 to any of the risk factors as previously disclosed in the Registrant’s periodic securities filings.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds (Item 2)

Refer to the “Capital Management” section within Management’s Discussion and Analysis in Part I, Item 3 and Note 18 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding purchases and sales of equity securities by the Bancorp during the third quarter of 2011.

Defaults Upon Senior Securities (Item 3)

None.

(Removed and Reserved) (Item 4)

Other Information (Item 5)

None.

Exhibits (Item 6)

3.1	Second Amended Articles of Incorporation of Fifth Third Bancorp, as amended. Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
3.2	Amended Code of Regulations of Fifth Third Bancorp as of June 15, 2010. Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 21, 2010.
12.1	Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
12.2	Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividend Requirements.
31(i)	Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Chief Executive Officer.
31(ii)	Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Chief Financial Officer.
32(i)	Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Chief Executive Officer.
32(ii)	Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Chief Financial Officer.
101	Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements tagged as blocks of text and in detail*.

* As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

114

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

	Fifth Third Bancorp
	Registrant
Date: November 9, 2011	/s/ Daniel T. Poston
	Daniel T. Poston
	Executive Vice President and
	Chief Financial Officer

115